diff --git a/doc/tex/ast_agi_commands.tex b/doc/tex/ast_agi_commands.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a63d3a3e9..0000000000
--- a/doc/tex/ast_agi_commands.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,582 +0,0 @@
-% This file is automatically generated by the "manager dump actiondocs" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.
-\section{answer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Answer channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: ANSWER
-	Answers channel if not already in answer state. Returns -1 on
- channel failure, or 0 if successful.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{channel status}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns status of the connected channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: CHANNEL STATUS [<channelname>]
-	Returns the status of the specified channel.
- If no channel name is given the returns the status of the
- current channel.  Return values:
-  0 Channel is down and available
-  1 Channel is down, but reserved
-  2 Channel is off hook
-  3 Digits (or equivalent) have been dialed
-  4 Line is ringing
-  5 Remote end is ringing
-  6 Line is up
-  7 Line is busy
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database del}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Removes database key/value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: DATABASE DEL <family> <key>
-	Deletes an entry in the Asterisk database for a
- given family and key.
- Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database deltree}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Removes database keytree/value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: DATABASE DELTREE <family> [keytree]
-	Deletes a family or specific keytree within a family
- in the Asterisk database.
- Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database get}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets database value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: DATABASE GET <family> <key>
-	Retrieves an entry in the Asterisk database for a
- given family and key.
- Returns 0 if <key> is not set.  Returns 1 if <key>
- is set and returns the variable in parentheses.
- Example return code: 200 result=1 (testvariable)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database put}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Adds/updates database value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: DATABASE PUT <family> <key> <value>
-	Adds or updates an entry in the Asterisk database for a
- given family, key, and value.
- Returns 1 if successful, 0 otherwise.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{exec}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes a given Application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: EXEC <application> <options>
-	Executes <application> with given <options>.
- Returns whatever the application returns, or -2 on failure to find application
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{get data}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Prompts for DTMF on a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: GET DATA <file to be streamed> [timeout] [max digits]
-	Stream the given file, and recieve DTMF data. Returns the digits received
-from the channel at the other end.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{get full variable}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Evaluates a channel expression
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: GET FULL VARIABLE <variablename> [<channel name>]
-	Returns 0 if <variablename> is not set or channel does not exist.  Returns 1
-if <variablename>  is set and returns the variable in parenthesis.  Understands
-complex variable names and builtin variables, unlike GET VARIABLE.
- example return code: 200 result=1 (testvariable)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{get option}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stream file, prompt for DTMF, with timeout
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: GET OPTION <filename> <escape_digits> [timeout]
-	Behaves similar to STREAM FILE but used with a timeout option.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{get variable}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets a channel variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: GET VARIABLE <variablename>
-	Returns 0 if <variablename> is not set.  Returns 1 if <variablename>
- is set and returns the variable in parentheses.
- example return code: 200 result=1 (testvariable)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{hangup}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Hangup the current channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: HANGUP [<channelname>]
-	Hangs up the specified channel.
- If no channel name is given, hangs up the current channel
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{noop}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Does nothing
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: NoOp
-	Does nothing.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{receive char}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Receives one character from channels supporting it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: RECEIVE CHAR <timeout>
-	Receives a character of text on a channel. Specify timeout to be the
- maximum time to wait for input in milliseconds, or 0 for infinite. Most channels
- do not support the reception of text. Returns the decimal value of the character
- if one is received, or 0 if the channel does not support text reception.  Returns
- -1 only on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{receive text}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Receives text from channels supporting it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: RECEIVE TEXT <timeout>
-	Receives a string of text on a channel. Specify timeout to be the
- maximum time to wait for input in milliseconds, or 0 for infinite. Most channels
- do not support the reception of text. Returns -1 for failure or 1 for success, and the string in parentheses.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{record file}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Records to a given file
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: RECORD FILE <filename> <format> <escape digits> <timeout> \
-                                          [offset samples] [BEEP] [s=silence]
-	Record to a file until a given dtmf digit in the sequence is received
- Returns -1 on hangup or error.  The format will specify what kind of file
- will be recorded.  The timeout is the maximum record time in milliseconds, or
- -1 for no timeout. "Offset samples" is optional, and, if provided, will seek
- to the offset without exceeding the end of the file.  "silence" is the number
- of seconds of silence allowed before the function returns despite the
- lack of dtmf digits or reaching timeout.  Silence value must be
- preceeded by "s=" and is also optional.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say alpha}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given character string
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY ALPHA <number> <escape digits>
-	Say a given character string, returning early if any of the given DTMF digits
- are received on the channel. Returns 0 if playback completes without a digit
- being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the digit if one was pressed or
- -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say digits}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given digit string
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY DIGITS <number> <escape digits>
-	Say a given digit string, returning early if any of the given DTMF digits
- are received on the channel. Returns 0 if playback completes without a digit
- being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the digit if one was pressed or
- -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say number}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given number
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY NUMBER <number> <escape digits> [gender]
-	Say a given number, returning early if any of the given DTMF digits
- are received on the channel.  Returns 0 if playback completes without a digit
- being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the digit if one was pressed or
- -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say phonetic}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given character string with phonetics
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY PHONETIC <string> <escape digits>
-	Say a given character string with phonetics, returning early if any of the
- given DTMF digits are received on the channel. Returns 0 if playback
- completes without a digit pressed, the ASCII numerical value of the digit
- if one was pressed, or -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say date}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given date
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY DATE <date> <escape digits>
-	Say a given date, returning early if any of the given DTMF digits are
- received on the channel.  <date> is number of seconds elapsed since 00:00:00
- on January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Returns 0 if playback
- completes without a digit being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the
- digit if one was pressed or -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say time}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given time
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY TIME <time> <escape digits>
-	Say a given time, returning early if any of the given DTMF digits are
- received on the channel.  <time> is number of seconds elapsed since 00:00:00
- on January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Returns 0 if playback
- completes without a digit being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the
- digit if one was pressed or -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say datetime}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a given time as specfied by the format given
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SAY DATETIME <time> <escape digits> [format] [timezone]
-	Say a given time, returning early if any of the given DTMF digits are
- received on the channel.  <time> is number of seconds elapsed since 00:00:00
- on January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). [format] is the format
- the time should be said in.  See voicemail.conf (defaults to "ABdY
- 'digits/at' IMp").  Acceptable values for [timezone] can be found in
- /usr/share/zoneinfo.  Defaults to machine default. Returns 0 if playback
- completes without a digit being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the
- digit if one was pressed or -1 on error/hangup.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{send image}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sends images to channels supporting it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SEND IMAGE <image>
-	Sends the given image on a channel. Most channels do not support the
- transmission of images. Returns 0 if image is sent, or if the channel does not
- support image transmission.  Returns -1 only on error/hangup. Image names
- should not include extensions.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{send text}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sends text to channels supporting it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SEND TEXT "<text to send>"
-	Sends the given text on a channel. Most channels do not support the
- transmission of text.  Returns 0 if text is sent, or if the channel does not
- support text transmission.  Returns -1 only on error/hangup.  Text
- consisting of greater than one word should be placed in quotes since the
- command only accepts a single argument.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set autohangup}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Autohangup channel in some time
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET AUTOHANGUP <time>
-	Cause the channel to automatically hangup at <time> seconds in the
- future.  Of course it can be hungup before then as well. Setting to 0 will
- cause the autohangup feature to be disabled on this channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set callerid}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets callerid for the current channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET CALLERID <number>
-	Changes the callerid of the current channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set context}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets channel context
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET CONTEXT <desired context>
-	Sets the context for continuation upon exiting the application.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set extension}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Changes channel extension
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET EXTENSION <new extension>
-	Changes the extension for continuation upon exiting the application.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set music}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable/Disable Music on hold generator
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET MUSIC ON <on|off> <class>
-	Enables/Disables the music on hold generator.  If <class> is
- not specified, then the default music on hold class will be used.
- Always returns 0.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set priority}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set channel dialplan priority
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET PRIORITY <priority>
-	Changes the priority for continuation upon exiting the application.
- The priority must be a valid priority or label.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{set variable}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets a channel variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: SET VARIABLE <variablename> <value>
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{stream file}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sends audio file on channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: STREAM FILE <filename> <escape digits> [sample offset]
-	Send the given file, allowing playback to be interrupted by the given
- digits, if any. Use double quotes for the digits if you wish none to be
- permitted. If sample offset is provided then the audio will seek to sample
- offset before play starts.  Returns 0 if playback completes without a digit
- being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the digit if one was pressed,
- or -1 on error or if the channel was disconnected. Remember, the file
- extension must not be included in the filename.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{control stream file}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sends audio file on channel and allows the listner to control the stream
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: CONTROL STREAM FILE <filename> <escape digits> [skipms] [ffchar] [rewchr] [pausechr]
-	Send the given file, allowing playback to be controled by the given
- digits, if any. Use double quotes for the digits if you wish none to be
- permitted.  Returns 0 if playback completes without a digit
- being pressed, or the ASCII numerical value of the digit if one was pressed,
- or -1 on error or if the channel was disconnected. Remember, the file
- extension must not be included in the filename.
-
- Note: ffchar and rewchar default to * and # respectively.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{tdd mode}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Toggles TDD mode (for the deaf)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: TDD MODE <on|off>
-	Enable/Disable TDD transmission/reception on a channel. Returns 1 if
- successful, or 0 if channel is not TDD-capable.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{verbose}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Logs a message to the asterisk verbose log
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: VERBOSE <message> <level>
-	Sends <message> to the console via verbose message system.
- <level> is the the verbose level (1-4)
- Always returns 1.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{wait for digit}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Waits for a digit to be pressed
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: WAIT FOR DIGIT <timeout>
-	Waits up to 'timeout' milliseconds for channel to receive a DTMF digit.
- Returns -1 on channel failure, 0 if no digit is received in the timeout, or
- the numerical value of the ascii of the digit if one is received.  Use -1
- for the timeout value if you desire the call to block indefinitely.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
diff --git a/doc/tex/ast_appdocs.tex b/doc/tex/ast_appdocs.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index d4f36d4ce5..0000000000
--- a/doc/tex/ast_appdocs.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3276 +0,0 @@
-% This file is automatically generated by the "core dump appdocs" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.
-\section{AddQueueMember}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dynamically adds queue members
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-   AddQueueMember(queuename[|interface[|penalty[|options[|membername]]]]):
-Dynamically adds interface to an existing queue.
-If the interface is already in the queue it will return an error.
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     AQMSTATUS    The status of the attempt to add a queue member as a 
-                     text string, one of
-           ADDED | MEMBERALREADY | NOSUCHQUEUE 
-Example: AddQueueMember(techsupport|SIP/3000)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ADSIProg}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Load Asterisk ADSI Scripts into phone
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ADSIProg(script): This application programs an ADSI Phone with the given
-script. If nothing is specified, the default script (asterisk.adsi) is used.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{AgentLogin}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Call agent login
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  AgentLogin([AgentNo][|options]):
-Asks the agent to login to the system.  Always returns -1.  While
-logged in, the agent can receive calls and will hear a 'beep'
-when a new call comes in. The agent can dump the call by pressing
-the star key.
-The option string may contain zero or more of the following characters:
-      's' -- silent login - do not announce the login ok segment after agent logged in/off
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{AgentMonitorOutgoing}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Record agent's outgoing call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  AgentMonitorOutgoing([options]):
-Tries to figure out the id of the agent who is placing outgoing call based on
-comparison of the callerid of the current interface and the global variable 
-placed by the AgentCallbackLogin application. That's why it should be used only
-with the AgentCallbackLogin app. Uses the monitoring functions in chan_agent 
-instead of Monitor application. That have to be configured in the agents.conf file.
-
-Return value:
-Normally the app returns 0 unless the options are passed.
-
-Options:
-	'd' - make the app return -1 if there is an error condition	'c' - change the CDR so that the source of the call is 'Agent/agent_id'
-	'n' - don't generate the warnings when there is no callerid or the
-	      agentid is not known.
-             It's handy if you want to have one context for agent and non-agent calls.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{AGI}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes an AGI compliant application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  [E|Dead]AGI(command|args): Executes an Asterisk Gateway Interface compliant
-program on a channel. AGI allows Asterisk to launch external programs
-written in any language to control a telephony channel, play audio,
-read DTMF digits, etc. by communicating with the AGI protocol on stdin
-and stdout.
-  This channel will stop dialplan execution on hangup inside of this
-application, except when using DeadAGI.  Otherwise, dialplan execution
-will continue normally.
-  A locally executed AGI script will receive SIGHUP on hangup from the channel
-except when using DeadAGI. This can be disabled by setting the AGISIGHUP channel
-variable to "no" before executing the AGI application.
-  Using 'EAGI' provides enhanced AGI, with incoming audio available out of band
-on file descriptor 3
-
-  Use the CLI command 'agi show' to list available agi commands
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     AGISTATUS      The status of the attempt to the run the AGI script
-                    text string, one of SUCCESS | FAILED | NOTFOUND | HANGUP
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{AlarmReceiver}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Provide support for receiving alarm reports from a burglar or fire alarm panel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  AlarmReceiver(): Only 1 signalling format is supported at this time: Ademco
-Contact ID. This application should be called whenever there is an alarm
-panel calling in to dump its events. The application will handshake with the
-alarm panel, and receive events, validate them, handshake them, and store them
-until the panel hangs up. Once the panel hangs up, the application will run the
-system command specified by the eventcmd setting in alarmreceiver.conf and pipe
-the events to the standard input of the application. The configuration file also
-contains settings for DTMF timing, and for the loudness of the acknowledgement
-tones.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{AMD}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Attempts to detect answering machines
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  AMD([initialSilence][|greeting][|afterGreetingSilence][|totalAnalysisTime]
-      [|minimumWordLength][|betweenWordsSilence][|maximumNumberOfWords]
-      [|silenceThreshold])
-  This application attempts to detect answering machines at the beginning
-  of outbound calls.  Simply call this application after the call
-  has been answered (outbound only, of course).
-  When loaded, AMD reads amd.conf and uses the parameters specified as
-  default values. Those default values get overwritten when calling AMD
-  with parameters.
-- 'initialSilence' is the maximum silence duration before the greeting. If
-   exceeded then MACHINE.
-- 'greeting' is the maximum length of a greeting. If exceeded then MACHINE.
-- 'afterGreetingSilence' is the silence after detecting a greeting.
-   If exceeded then HUMAN.
-- 'totalAnalysisTime' is the maximum time allowed for the algorithm to decide
-   on a HUMAN or MACHINE.
-- 'minimumWordLength'is the minimum duration of Voice to considered as a word.
-- 'betweenWordsSilence' is the minimum duration of silence after a word to 
-   consider the audio that follows as a new word.
-- 'maximumNumberOfWords'is the maximum number of words in the greeting. 
-   If exceeded then MACHINE.
-- 'silenceThreshold' is the silence threshold.
-This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-    AMDSTATUS - This is the status of the answering machine detection.
-                Possible values are:
-                MACHINE | HUMAN | NOTSURE | HANGUP
-    AMDCAUSE - Indicates the cause that led to the conclusion.
-               Possible values are:
-               TOOLONG-<%d total_time>
-               INITIALSILENCE-<%d silenceDuration>-<%d initialSilence>
-               HUMAN-<%d silenceDuration>-<%d afterGreetingSilence>
-               MAXWORDS-<%d wordsCount>-<%d maximumNumberOfWords>
-               LONGGREETING-<%d voiceDuration>-<%d greeting>
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Answer}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Answer a channel if ringing
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Answer([delay]): If the call has not been answered, this application will
-answer it. Otherwise, it has no effect on the call. If a delay is specified,
-Asterisk will wait this number of milliseconds before returning to
-the dialplan after answering the call.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Authenticate}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Authenticate a user
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Authenticate(password[|options[|maxdigits]]): This application asks the caller
-to enter a given password in order to continue dialplan execution. If the password
-begins with the '/' character, it is interpreted as a file which contains a list of
-valid passwords, listed 1 password per line in the file.
-  When using a database key, the value associated with the key can be anything.
-Users have three attempts to authenticate before the channel is hung up.
-  Options:
-     a - Set the channels' account code to the password that is entered
-     d - Interpret the given path as database key, not a literal file
-     m - Interpret the given path as a file which contains a list of account
-         codes and password hashes delimited with ':', listed one per line in
-         the file. When one of the passwords is matched, the channel will have
-         its account code set to the corresponding account code in the file.
-     r - Remove the database key upon successful entry (valid with 'd' only)
-     maxdigits  - maximum acceptable number of digits. Stops reading after
-         maxdigits have been entered (without requiring the user to
-         press the '#' key).
-         Defaults to 0 - no limit - wait for the user press the '#' key.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{BackGround}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play an audio file while waiting for digits of an extension to go to.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Background(filename1[&filename2...][|options[|langoverride][|context]]):
-This application will play the given list of files while waiting for an
-extension to be dialed by the calling channel. To continue waiting for digits
-after this application has finished playing files, the WaitExten application
-should be used. The 'langoverride' option explicitly specifies which language
-to attempt to use for the requested sound files. If a 'context' is specified,
-this is the dialplan context that this application will use when exiting to a
-dialed extension.  If one of the requested sound files does not exist, call processing will be
-terminated.
-  Options:
-    s - Causes the playback of the message to be skipped
-          if the channel is not in the 'up' state (i.e. it
-          hasn't been answered yet). If this happens, the
-          application will return immediately.
-    n - Don't answer the channel before playing the files.
-    m - Only break if a digit hit matches a one digit
-          extension in the destination context.
-This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
- BACKGROUNDSTATUS    The status of the background attempt as a text string, one of
-               SUCCESS | FAILED
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{BackgroundDetect}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Background a file with talk detect
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  BackgroundDetect(filename[|sil[|min|[max]]]):  Plays  back  a  given
-filename, waiting for interruption from a given digit (the digit must
-start the beginning of a valid extension, or it will be ignored).
-During the playback of the file, audio is monitored in the receive
-direction, and if a period of non-silence which is greater than 'min' ms
-yet less than 'max' ms is followed by silence for at least 'sil' ms then
-the audio playback is aborted and processing jumps to the 'talk' extension
-if available.  If unspecified, sil, min, and max default to 1000, 100, and
-infinity respectively.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Bridge}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Bridge two channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: Bridge(channel[|options])
-	Allows the ability to bridge two channels via the dialplan.
-The current channel is bridged to the specified 'channel'.
-The following options are supported:
-   p - Play a courtesy tone to 'channel'.
-BRIDGERESULT dial plan variable will contain SUCCESS, FAILURE, LOOP, NONEXISTENT or INCOMPATIBLE.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Busy}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Indicate the Busy condition
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Busy([timeout]): This application will indicate the busy condition to
-the calling channel. If the optional timeout is specified, the calling channel
-will be hung up after the specified number of seconds. Otherwise, this
-application will wait until the calling channel hangs up.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ChangeMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Change monitoring filename of a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ChangeMonitor(filename_base)
-Changes monitoring filename of a channel. Has no effect if the channel is not monitored
-The argument is the new filename base to use for monitoring this channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ChanIsAvail}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check channel availability
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ChanIsAvail(Technology/resource[&Technology2/resource2...][|options]): 
-This application will check to see if any of the specified channels are
-available. The following variables will be set by this application:
-  ${AVAILCHAN}     - the name of the available channel, if one exists
-  ${AVAILORIGCHAN} - the canonical channel name that was used to create the channel
-  ${AVAILSTATUS}   - the status code for the available channel
-  Options:
-    s - Consider the channel unavailable if the channel is in use at all
-    t - Simply checks if specified channels exist in the channel list
-        (implies option s) 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ChannelRedirect}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Redirects given channel to a dialplan target.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ChannelRedirect(channel|[[context|]extension|]priority):
-  Sends the specified channel to the specified extension priority
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ChanSpy}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Listen to a channel, and optionally whisper into it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ChanSpy([chanprefix][|options]): This application is used to listen to the
-audio from an Asterisk channel. This includes the audio coming in and
-out of the channel being spied on. If the 'chanprefix' parameter is specified,
-only channels beginning with this string will be spied upon.
-  While spying, the following actions may be performed:
-    - Dialing # cycles the volume level.
-    - Dialing * will stop spying and look for another channel to spy on.
-    - Dialing a series of digits followed by # builds a channel name to append
-      to 'chanprefix'. For example, executing ChanSpy(Agent) and then dialing
-      the digits '1234#' while spying will begin spying on the channel
-      'Agent/1234'.
-  Note: The X option supersedes the three features above in that if a valid
-        single digit extension exists in the correct context ChanSpy will
-        exit to it. This also disables choosing a channel based on 'chanprefix'
-        and a digit sequence.
-  Options:
-    b             - Only spy on channels involved in a bridged call.
-    g(grp)        - Match only channels where their ${SPYGROUP} variable is set to
-                    contain 'grp' in an optional : delimited list.
-    q             - Don't play a beep when beginning to spy on a channel, or speak the
-                    selected channel name.
-    r[(basename)] - Record the session to the monitor spool directory. An
-                    optional base for the filename may be specified. The
-                    default is 'chanspy'.
-    v([value])    - Adjust the initial volume in the range from -4 to 4. A
-                    negative value refers to a quieter setting.
-    w             - Enable 'whisper' mode, so the spying channel can talk to
-                    the spied-on channel.
-    W             - Enable 'private whisper' mode, so the spying channel can
-                    talk to the spied-on channel but cannot listen to that
-                    channel.
-    o             - Only listen to audio coming from this channel.
-    X             - Allow the user to exit ChanSpy to a valid single digit
-                    numeric extension in the current context or the context
-                    specified by the SPY_EXIT_CONTEXT channel variable. The
-                    name of the last channel that was spied on will be stored
-                    in the SPY_CHANNEL variable.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ClearHash}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Clear the keys from a specified hashname
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ClearHash(<hashname>)
-  Clears all keys out of the specified hashname
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Congestion}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Indicate the Congestion condition
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Congestion([timeout]): This application will indicate the congestion
-condition to the calling channel. If the optional timeout is specified, the
-calling channel will be hung up after the specified number of seconds.
-Otherwise, this application will wait until the calling channel hangs up.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ContinueWhile}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Restart a While loop
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage:  ContinueWhile()
-Returns to the top of the while loop and re-evaluates the conditional.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ControlPlayback}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play a file with fast forward and rewind
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ControlPlayback(file[|skipms[|ff[|rew[|stop[|pause[|restart|options]]]]]]]):
-This application will play back the given filename. By default, the '*' key
-can be used to rewind, and the '#' key can be used to fast-forward.
-Parameters:
-  skipms  - This is number of milliseconds to skip when rewinding or
-            fast-forwarding.
-  ff      - Fast-forward when this DTMF digit is received.
-  rew     - Rewind when this DTMF digit is received.
-  stop    - Stop playback when this DTMF digit is received.
-  pause   - Pause playback when this DTMF digit is received.
-  restart - Restart playback when this DTMF digit is received.
-Options:
-  o(#) - Start at # ms from the beginning of the file.
-This application sets the following channel variables upon completion:
-  CPLAYBACKSTATUS -  This variable contains the status of the attempt as a text
-                     string, one of: SUCCESS | USERSTOPPED | ERROR
-  CPLAYBACKOFFSET -  This contains the offset in ms into the file where
-                     playback was at when it stopped.  -1 is end of file.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DateTime}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a specified time in a custom format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DateTime([unixtime][|[timezone][|format]])
-  unixtime: time, in seconds since Jan 1, 1970.  May be negative.
-              defaults to now.
-  timezone: timezone, see /usr/share/zoneinfo for a list.
-              defaults to machine default.
-  format:   a format the time is to be said in.  See voicemail.conf.
-              defaults to "ABdY 'digits/at' IMp"
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DBdel}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Delete a key from the database
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  DBdel(family/key): This application will delete a key from the Asterisk
-database.
-  This application has been DEPRECATED in favor of the DB_DELETE function.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DBdeltree}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Delete a family or keytree from the database
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  DBdeltree(family[/keytree]): This application will delete a family or keytree
-from the Asterisk database
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DeadAGI}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes AGI on a hungup channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  [E|Dead]AGI(command|args): Executes an Asterisk Gateway Interface compliant
-program on a channel. AGI allows Asterisk to launch external programs
-written in any language to control a telephony channel, play audio,
-read DTMF digits, etc. by communicating with the AGI protocol on stdin
-and stdout.
-  This channel will stop dialplan execution on hangup inside of this
-application, except when using DeadAGI.  Otherwise, dialplan execution
-will continue normally.
-  A locally executed AGI script will receive SIGHUP on hangup from the channel
-except when using DeadAGI. This can be disabled by setting the AGISIGHUP channel
-variable to "no" before executing the AGI application.
-  Using 'EAGI' provides enhanced AGI, with incoming audio available out of band
-on file descriptor 3
-
-  Use the CLI command 'agi show' to list available agi commands
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     AGISTATUS      The status of the attempt to the run the AGI script
-                    text string, one of SUCCESS | FAILED | NOTFOUND | HANGUP
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Dial}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Place a call and connect to the current channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Dial(Technology/resource[&Tech2/resource2...][|timeout][|options][|URL]):
-This application will place calls to one or more specified channels. As soon
-as one of the requested channels answers, the originating channel will be
-answered, if it has not already been answered. These two channels will then
-be active in a bridged call. All other channels that were requested will then
-be hung up.
-  Unless there is a timeout specified, the Dial application will wait
-indefinitely until one of the called channels answers, the user hangs up, or
-if all of the called channels are busy or unavailable. Dialplan executing will
-continue if no requested channels can be called, or if the timeout expires.
-
-  This application sets the following channel variables upon completion:
-    DIALEDTIME   - This is the time from dialing a channel until when it
-                   is disconnected.
-    ANSWEREDTIME - This is the amount of time for actual call.
-    DIALSTATUS   - This is the status of the call:
-                   CHANUNAVAIL | CONGESTION | NOANSWER | BUSY | ANSWER | CANCEL
-                   DONTCALL | TORTURE | INVALIDARGS
-  For the Privacy and Screening Modes, the DIALSTATUS variable will be set to
-DONTCALL if the called party chooses to send the calling party to the 'Go Away'
-script. The DIALSTATUS variable will be set to TORTURE if the called party
-wants to send the caller to the 'torture' script.
-  This application will report normal termination if the originating channel
-hangs up, or if the call is bridged and either of the parties in the bridge
-ends the call.
-  The optional URL will be sent to the called party if the channel supports it.
-  If the OUTBOUND_GROUP variable is set, all peer channels created by this
-application will be put into that group (as in Set(GROUP()=...).
-  If the OUTBOUND_GROUP_ONCE variable is set, all peer channels created by this
-application will be put into that group (as in Set(GROUP()=...). Unlike OUTBOUND_GROUP,
-however, the variable will be unset after use.
-
-  Options:
-    A(x) - Play an announcement to the called party, using 'x' as the file.
-    C    - Reset the CDR for this call.
-    d    - Allow the calling user to dial a 1 digit extension while waiting for
-           a call to be answered. Exit to that extension if it exists in the
-           current context, or the context defined in the EXITCONTEXT variable,
-           if it exists.
-    D([called][:calling]) - Send the specified DTMF strings *after* the called
-           party has answered, but before the call gets bridged. The 'called'
-           DTMF string is sent to the called party, and the 'calling' DTMF
-           string is sent to the calling party. Both parameters can be used
-           alone.
-    f    - Force the callerid of the *calling* channel to be set as the
-           extension associated with the channel using a dialplan 'hint'.
-           For example, some PSTNs do not allow CallerID to be set to anything
-           other than the number assigned to the caller.
-    g    - Proceed with dialplan execution at the current extension if the
-           destination channel hangs up.
-    G(context^exten^pri) - If the call is answered, transfer the calling party to
-           the specified priority and the called party to the specified priority+1.
-           Optionally, an extension, or extension and context may be specified. 
-           Otherwise, the current extension is used. You cannot use any additional
-           action post answer options in conjunction with this option.
-    h    - Allow the called party to hang up by sending the '*' DTMF digit.
-    H    - Allow the calling party to hang up by hitting the '*' DTMF digit.
-    i    - Asterisk will ignore any forwarding requests it may receive on this
-           dial attempt.
-    k    - Allow the called party to enable parking of the call by sending
-           the DTMF sequence defined for call parking in features.conf.
-    K    - Allow the calling party to enable parking of the call by sending
-           the DTMF sequence defined for call parking in features.conf.
-    L(x[:y][:z]) - Limit the call to 'x' ms. Play a warning when 'y' ms are
-           left. Repeat the warning every 'z' ms. The following special
-           variables can be used with this option:
-           * LIMIT_PLAYAUDIO_CALLER   yes|no (default yes)
-                                      Play sounds to the caller.
-           * LIMIT_PLAYAUDIO_CALLEE   yes|no
-                                      Play sounds to the callee.
-           * LIMIT_TIMEOUT_FILE       File to play when time is up.
-           * LIMIT_CONNECT_FILE       File to play when call begins.
-           * LIMIT_WARNING_FILE       File to play as warning if 'y' is defined.
-                                      The default is to say the time remaining.
-    m([class]) - Provide hold music to the calling party until a requested
-           channel answers. A specific MusicOnHold class can be
-           specified.
-    M(x[^arg]) - Execute the Macro for the *called* channel before connecting
-           to the calling channel. Arguments can be specified to the Macro
-           using '^' as a delimeter. The Macro can set the variable
-           MACRO_RESULT to specify the following actions after the Macro is
-           finished executing.
-           * ABORT        Hangup both legs of the call.
-           * CONGESTION   Behave as if line congestion was encountered.
-           * BUSY         Behave as if a busy signal was encountered.
-           * CONTINUE     Hangup the called party and allow the calling party
-                          to continue dialplan execution at the next priority.
-           * GOTO:<context>^<exten>^<priority> - Transfer the call to the
-                          specified priority. Optionally, an extension, or
-                          extension and priority can be specified.
-           You cannot use any additional action post answer options in conjunction
-           with this option. Also, pbx services are not run on the peer (called) channel,
-           so you will not be able to set timeouts via the TIMEOUT() function in this macro.
-    n    - This option is a modifier for the screen/privacy mode. It specifies
-           that no introductions are to be saved in the priv-callerintros
-           directory.
-    N    - This option is a modifier for the screen/privacy mode. It specifies
-           that if callerID is present, do not screen the call.
-    o    - Specify that the CallerID that was present on the *calling* channel
-           be set as the CallerID on the *called* channel. This was the
-           behavior of Asterisk 1.0 and earlier.
-    O([x]) - "Operator Services" mode (Zaptel channel to Zaptel channel
-             only, if specified on non-Zaptel interface, it will be ignored).
-             When the destination answers (presumably an operator services
-             station), the originator no longer has control of their line.
-             They may hang up, but the switch will not release their line
-             until the destination party hangs up (the operator). Specified
-             without an arg, or with 1 as an arg, the originator hanging up
-             will cause the phone to ring back immediately. With a 2 specified,
-             when the "operator" flashes the trunk, it will ring their phone
-             back.
-    p    - This option enables screening mode. This is basically Privacy mode
-           without memory.
-    P([x]) - Enable privacy mode. Use 'x' as the family/key in the database if
-           it is provided. The current extension is used if a database
-           family/key is not specified.
-    r    - Indicate ringing to the calling party. Pass no audio to the calling
-           party until the called channel has answered.
-    S(x) - Hang up the call after 'x' seconds *after* the called party has
-           answered the call.
-    t    - Allow the called party to transfer the calling party by sending the
-           DTMF sequence defined in features.conf.
-    T    - Allow the calling party to transfer the called party by sending the
-           DTMF sequence defined in features.conf.
-    U(x[^arg]) - Execute via Gosub the routine 'x' for the *called* channel before connecting
-           to the calling channel. Arguments can be specified to the Gosub
-           using '^' as a delimeter. The Gosub routine can set the variable
-           GOSUB_RESULT to specify the following actions after the Gosub returns.
-           * ABORT        Hangup both legs of the call.
-           * CONGESTION   Behave as if line congestion was encountered.
-           * BUSY         Behave as if a busy signal was encountered.
-           * CONTINUE     Hangup the called party and allow the calling party
-                          to continue dialplan execution at the next priority.
-           * GOTO:<context>^<exten>^<priority> - Transfer the call to the
-                          specified priority. Optionally, an extension, or
-                          extension and priority can be specified.
-           You cannot use any additional action post answer options in conjunction
-           with this option. Also, pbx services are not run on the peer (called) channel,
-           so you will not be able to set timeouts via the TIMEOUT() function in this routine.
-    w    - Allow the called party to enable recording of the call by sending
-           the DTMF sequence defined for one-touch recording in features.conf.
-    W    - Allow the calling party to enable recording of the call by sending
-           the DTMF sequence defined for one-touch recording in features.conf.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Dictate}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Virtual Dictation Machine
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Dictate([<base_dir>[|<filename>]])
-Start dictation machine using optional base dir for files.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Directory}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Provide directory of voicemail extensions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Directory(vm-context[|dial-context[|options]]): This application will present
-the calling channel with a directory of extensions from which they can search
-by name. The list of names and corresponding extensions is retrieved from the
-voicemail configuration file, voicemail.conf.
-  This application will immediately exit if one of the following DTMF digits are
-received and the extension to jump to exists:
-    0 - Jump to the 'o' extension, if it exists.
-    * - Jump to the 'a' extension, if it exists.
-
-  Parameters:
-    vm-context   - This is the context within voicemail.conf to use for the
-                   Directory.
-    dial-context - This is the dialplan context to use when looking for an
-                   extension that the user has selected, or when jumping to the
-                   'o' or 'a' extension.
-
-  Options:
-    e - In addition to the name, also read the extension number to the
-        caller before presenting dialing options.
-    f - Allow the caller to enter the first name of a user in the directory
-        instead of using the last name.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DISA}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DISA (Direct Inward System Access)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DISA(<numeric passcode>[|<context>[|<cid>[|mailbox[|options]]]]) or
-DISA(<filename>[||||options])
-The DISA, Direct Inward System Access, application allows someone from 
-outside the telephone switch (PBX) to obtain an "internal" system 
-dialtone and to place calls from it as if they were placing a call from 
-within the switch.
-DISA plays a dialtone. The user enters their numeric passcode, followed by
-the pound sign (#). If the passcode is correct, the user is then given
-system dialtone within <context> on which a call may be placed. If the user
-enters an invalid extension and extension "i" exists in the specified
-context, it will be used.
-
-If you need to present a DISA dialtone without entering a password, simply
-set <passcode> to "no-password".
-
-Be aware that using this may compromise the security of your PBX.
-
-The arguments to this application (in extensions.conf) allow either
-specification of a single global passcode (that everyone uses), or
-individual passcodes contained in a file.
-
-The file that contains the passcodes (if used) allows a complete
-specification of all of the same arguments available on the command
-line, with the sole exception of the options. The file may contain blank
-lines, or comments starting with "#" or ";".
-
-<context> specifies the dialplan context in which the user-entered extension
-will be matched. If no context is specified, the DISA application defaults
-the context to "disa". Presumably a normal system will have a special
-context set up for DISA use with some or a lot of restrictions.
-
-<cid> specifies a new (different) callerid to be used for this call.
-
-<mailbox[@context]> will cause a stutter-dialtone (indication "dialrecall")
-to be used, if the specified mailbox contains any new messages.
-
-The following options are available:
-  n - the DISA application will not answer initially.
-  p - the extension entered will be considered complete when a '#' is entered.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DumpChan}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump Info About The Calling Channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-   DumpChan([<min_verbose_level>])
-Displays information on channel and listing of all channel
-variables. If min_verbose_level is specified, output is only
-displayed when the verbose level is currently set to that number
-or greater. 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{EAGI}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes an EAGI compliant application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  [E|Dead]AGI(command|args): Executes an Asterisk Gateway Interface compliant
-program on a channel. AGI allows Asterisk to launch external programs
-written in any language to control a telephony channel, play audio,
-read DTMF digits, etc. by communicating with the AGI protocol on stdin
-and stdout.
-  This channel will stop dialplan execution on hangup inside of this
-application, except when using DeadAGI.  Otherwise, dialplan execution
-will continue normally.
-  A locally executed AGI script will receive SIGHUP on hangup from the channel
-except when using DeadAGI. This can be disabled by setting the AGISIGHUP channel
-variable to "no" before executing the AGI application.
-  Using 'EAGI' provides enhanced AGI, with incoming audio available out of band
-on file descriptor 3
-
-  Use the CLI command 'agi show' to list available agi commands
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     AGISTATUS      The status of the attempt to the run the AGI script
-                    text string, one of SUCCESS | FAILED | NOTFOUND | HANGUP
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Echo}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Echo audio, video, or DTMF back to the calling party
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Echo(): This application will echo any audio, video, or DTMF frames read from
-the calling channel back to itself. If the DTMF digit '#' is received, the
-application will exit.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{EndWhile}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-End a while loop
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage:  EndWhile()
-Return to the previous called While
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Exec}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes dialplan application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: Exec(appname(arguments))
-  Allows an arbitrary application to be invoked even when not
-hardcoded into the dialplan.  If the underlying application
-terminates the dialplan, or if the application cannot be found,
-Exec will terminate the dialplan.
-  To invoke external applications, see the application System.
-  If you would like to catch any error instead, see TryExec.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ExecIf}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes dialplan application, conditionally
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage:  ExecIF (<expr>|<app>|<data>)
-If <expr> is true, execute and return the result of <app>(<data>).
-If <expr> is true, but <app> is not found, then the application
-will return a non-zero value.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ExecIfTime}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Conditional application execution based on the current time
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ExecIfTime(<times>|<weekdays>|<mdays>|<months>?appname[|appargs]):
-This application will execute the specified dialplan application, with optional
-arguments, if the current time matches the given time specification.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ExitWhile}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-End a While loop
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage:  ExitWhile()
-Exits a While loop, whether or not the conditional has been satisfied.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ExtenSpy}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Listen to a channel, and optionally whisper into it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ExtenSpy(exten[@context][|options]): This application is used to listen to the
-audio from an Asterisk channel. This includes the audio coming in and
-out of the channel being spied on. Only channels created by outgoing calls for the
-specified extension will be selected for spying. If the optional context is not
-supplied, the current channel's context will be used.
-  While spying, the following actions may be performed:
-    - Dialing # cycles the volume level.
-    - Dialing * will stop spying and look for another channel to spy on.
-  Note: The X option superseeds the two features above in that if a valid
-        single digit extension exists in the correct context it ChanSpy will
-        exit to it.
-  Options:
-    b             - Only spy on channels involved in a bridged call.
-    g(grp)        - Match only channels where their ${SPYGROUP} variable is set to
-                    contain 'grp' in an optional : delimited list.
-    q             - Don't play a beep when beginning to spy on a channel, or speak the
-                    selected channel name.
-    r[(basename)] - Record the session to the monitor spool directory. An
-                    optional base for the filename may be specified. The
-                    default is 'chanspy'.
-    v([value])    - Adjust the initial volume in the range from -4 to 4. A
-                    negative value refers to a quieter setting.
-    w             - Enable 'whisper' mode, so the spying channel can talk to
-                    the spied-on channel.
-    W             - Enable 'private whisper' mode, so the spying channel can
-                    talk to the spied-on channel but cannot listen to that
-                    channel.
-    o             - Only listen to audio coming from this channel.
-    X             - Allow the user to exit ChanSpy to a valid single digit
-                    numeric extension in the current context or the context
-                    specified by the SPY_EXIT_CONTEXT channel variable. The
-                    name of the last channel that was spied on will be stored
-                    in the SPY_CHANNEL variable.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ExternalIVR}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Interfaces with an external IVR application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ExternalIVR(command[|arg[|arg...]]): Forks an process to run the supplied command,
-and starts a generator on the channel. The generator's play list is
-controlled by the external application, which can add and clear entries
-via simple commands issued over its stdout. The external application
-will receive all DTMF events received on the channel, and notification
-if the channel is hung up. The application will not be forcibly terminated
-when the channel is hung up.
-See doc/externalivr.txt for a protocol specification.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Festival}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Say text to the user
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Festival(text[|intkeys]):  Connect to Festival, send the argument, get back the waveform,play it to the user, allowing any given interrupt keys to immediately terminate and return
-the value, or 'any' to allow any number back (useful in dialplan)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Flash}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Flashes a Zap Trunk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Flash(): Sends a flash on a zap trunk.  This is only a hack for
-people who want to perform transfers and such via AGI and is generally
-quite useless oths application will only work on Zap trunks.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{FollowMe}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Find-Me/Follow-Me application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  FollowMe(followmeid|options):
-This application performs Find-Me/Follow-Me functionality for the caller
-as defined in the profile matching the <followmeid> parameter in
-followme.conf. If the specified <followmeid> profile doesn't exist in
-followme.conf, execution will be returned to the dialplan and call
-execution will continue at the next priority.
-
-  Options:
-    s    - Playback the incoming status message prior to starting the follow-me step(s)
-    a    - Record the caller's name so it can be announced to the callee on each step
-    n    - Playback the unreachable status message if we've run out of steps to reach the
-           or the callee has elected not to be reachable.
-Returns -1 on hangup
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ForkCDR}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Forks the Call Data Record
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ForkCDR([options]):  Causes the Call Data Record to fork an additional
-cdr record starting from the time of the fork call
-If the option 'v' is passed all cdr variables will be passed along also.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GetCPEID}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Get ADSI CPE ID
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  GetCPEID: Obtains and displays ADSI CPE ID and other information in order
-to properly setup zapata.conf for on-hook operations.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Gosub}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Jump to label, saving return address
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gosub([[context|]exten|]priority[(arg1[|...][|argN])])
-  Jumps to the label specified, saving the return address.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GosubIf}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Conditionally jump to label, saving return address
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-GosubIf(condition?labeliftrue[(arg1[|...])][:labeliffalse[(arg1[|...])]])
-  If the condition is true, then jump to labeliftrue.  If false, jumps to
-labeliffalse, if specified.  In either case, a jump saves the return point
-in the dialplan, to be returned to with a Return.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Goto}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Jump to a particular priority, extension, or context
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Goto([[context|]extension|]priority): This application will set the current
-context, extension, and priority in the channel structure. After it completes, the
-pbx engine will continue dialplan execution at the specified location.
-If no specific extension, or extension and context, are specified, then this
-application will just set the specified priority of the current extension.
-  At least a priority is required as an argument, or the goto will return a -1,
-and the channel and call will be terminated.
-  If the location that is put into the channel information is bogus, and asterisk cannot
-find that location in the dialplan,
-then the execution engine will try to find and execute the code in the 'i' (invalid)
-extension in the current context. If that does not exist, it will try to execute the
-'h' extension. If either or neither the 'h' or 'i' extensions have been defined, the
-channel is hung up, and the execution of instructions on the channel is terminated.
-What this means is that, for example, you specify a context that does not exist, then
-it will not be possible to find the 'h' or 'i' extensions, and the call will terminate!
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GotoIf}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Conditional goto
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  GotoIf(condition?[labeliftrue]:[labeliffalse]): This application will set the current
-context, extension, and priority in the channel structure based on the evaluation of
-the given condition. After this application completes, the
-pbx engine will continue dialplan execution at the specified location in the dialplan.
-The channel will continue at
-'labeliftrue' if the condition is true, or 'labeliffalse' if the condition is
-false. The labels are specified with the same syntax as used within the Goto
-application.  If the label chosen by the condition is omitted, no jump is
-performed, and the execution passes to the next instruction.
-If the target location is bogus, and does not exist, the execution engine will try 
-to find and execute the code in the 'i' (invalid)
-extension in the current context. If that does not exist, it will try to execute the
-'h' extension. If either or neither the 'h' or 'i' extensions have been defined, the
-channel is hung up, and the execution of instructions on the channel is terminated.
-Remember that this command can set the current context, and if the context specified
-does not exist, then it will not be able to find any 'h' or 'i' extensions there, and
-the channel and call will both be terminated!
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GotoIfTime}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Conditional Goto based on the current time
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  GotoIfTime(<times>|<weekdays>|<mdays>|<months>?[[context|]exten|]priority):
-This application will set the context, extension, and priority in the channel structure
-if the current time matches the given time specification. Otherwise, nothing is done.
-Further information on the time specification can be found in examples
-illustrating how to do time-based context includes in the dialplan.
-If the target jump location is bogus, the same actions would be taken as for Goto.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Hangup}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Hang up the calling channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Hangup([causecode]): This application will hang up the calling channel.
-If a causecode is given the channel's hangup cause will be set to the given
-value.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IAX2Provision}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Provision a calling IAXy with a given template
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  IAX2Provision([template]): Provisions the calling IAXy (assuming
-the calling entity is in fact an IAXy) with the given template or
-default if one is not specified.  Returns -1 on error or 0 on success.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ICES}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Encode and stream using 'ices'
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ICES(config.xml) Streams to an icecast server using ices
-(available separately).  A configuration file must be supplied
-for ices (see examples/asterisk-ices.conf). 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ImportVar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Import a variable from a channel into a new variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ImportVar(newvar=channelname|variable): This application imports a variable
-from the specified channel (as opposed to the current one) and stores it as
-a variable in the current channel (the channel that is calling this
-application). Variables created by this application have the same inheritance
-properties as those created with the Set application. See the documentation for
-Set for more information.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IVRDemo}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-IVR Demo Application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  This is a skeleton application that shows you the basic structure to create your
-own asterisk applications and demonstrates the IVR demo.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{JabberSend}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-JabberSend(jabber,screenname,message)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-JabberSend(Jabber,ScreenName,Message)
-  Jabber - Client or transport Asterisk uses to connect to Jabber
-  ScreenName - User Name to message.
-  Message - Message to be sent to the buddy
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{JabberStatus}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-JabberStatus(Jabber,ScreenName,Variable)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-JabberStatus(Jabber,ScreenName,Variable)
-  Jabber - Client or transport Asterisk uses to connect to Jabber
-  ScreenName - User Name to retrieve status from.
-  Variable - Variable to store presence in will be 1-6.
-             In order, Online, Chatty, Away, XAway, DND, Offline
-             If not in roster variable will = 7
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{KeepAlive}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-returns AST_PBX_KEEPALIVE value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  KeepAlive(): This application is chiefly meant for internal use with Gosubs.
-Please do not run it alone from the dialplan!
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Log}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send arbitrary text to a selected log level
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Log(<level>|<message>)
-  level must be one of ERROR, WARNING, NOTICE, DEBUG, VERBOSE, DTMF
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Macro}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Macro Implementation
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Macro(macroname|arg1|arg2...): Executes a macro using the context
-'macro-<macroname>', jumping to the 's' extension of that context and
-executing each step, then returning when the steps end. 
-The calling extension, context, and priority are stored in ${MACRO_EXTEN}, 
-${MACRO_CONTEXT} and ${MACRO_PRIORITY} respectively.  Arguments become
-${ARG1}, ${ARG2}, etc in the macro context.
-If you Goto out of the Macro context, the Macro will terminate and control
-will be returned at the location of the Goto.
-If ${MACRO_OFFSET} is set at termination, Macro will attempt to continue
-at priority MACRO_OFFSET + N + 1 if such a step exists, and N + 1 otherwise.
-Extensions: While a macro is being executed, it becomes the current context.
-            This means that if a hangup occurs, for instance, that the macro
-            will be searched for an 'h' extension, NOT the context from which
-            the macro was called. So, make sure to define all appropriate
-            extensions in your macro! (Note: AEL does not use macros)
-WARNING: Because of the way Macro is implemented (it executes the priorities
-         contained within it via sub-engine), and a fixed per-thread
-         memory stack allowance, macros are limited to 7 levels
-         of nesting (macro calling macro calling macro, etc.); It
-         may be possible that stack-intensive applications in deeply nested macros
-         could cause asterisk to crash earlier than this limit. It is advised that
-         if you need to deeply nest macro calls, that you use the Gosub application
-         (now allows arguments like a Macro) with explict Return() calls instead.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MacroExclusive}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Exclusive Macro Implementation
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MacroExclusive(macroname|arg1|arg2...):
-Executes macro defined in the context 'macro-macroname'
-Only one call at a time may run the macro.
-(we'll wait if another call is busy executing in the Macro)
-Arguments and return values as in application Macro()
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MacroExit}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Exit From Macro
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MacroExit():
-Causes the currently running macro to exit as if it had
-ended normally by running out of priorities to execute.
-If used outside a macro, will likely cause unexpected
-behavior.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MacroIf}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Conditional Macro Implementation
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MacroIf(<expr>?macroname_a[|arg1][:macroname_b[|arg1]])
-Executes macro defined in <macroname_a> if <expr> is true
-(otherwise <macroname_b> if provided)
-Arguments and return values as in application macro()
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MailboxExists}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check to see if Voicemail mailbox exists
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MailboxExists(mailbox[@context][|options]): Check to see if the specified
-mailbox exists. If no voicemail context is specified, the 'default' context
-will be used.
-  This application will set the following channel variable upon completion:
-    VMBOXEXISTSSTATUS - This will contain the status of the execution of the
-                        MailboxExists application. Possible values include:
-                        SUCCESS | FAILED
-
-  Options: (none)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MeetMe}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MeetMe conference bridge
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MeetMe([confno][,[options][,pin]]): Enters the user into a specified MeetMe
-conference.  If the conference number is omitted, the user will be prompted
-to enter one.  User can exit the conference by hangup, or if the 'p' option
-is specified, by pressing '#'.
-Please note: The Zaptel kernel modules and at least one hardware driver (or ztdummy)
-             must be present for conferencing to operate properly. In addition, the chan_zap
-             channel driver must be loaded for the 'i' and 'r' options to operate at all.
-
-The option string may contain zero or more of the following characters:
-      'a' -- set admin mode
-      'A' -- set marked mode
-      'b' -- run AGI script specified in ${MEETME_AGI_BACKGROUND}
-             Default: conf-background.agi  (Note: This does not work with
-             non-Zap channels in the same conference)
-      'c' -- announce user(s) count on joining a conference
-      'C' -- continue in dialplan when kicked out of conference
-      'd' -- dynamically add conference
-      'D' -- dynamically add conference, prompting for a PIN
-      'e' -- select an empty conference
-      'E' -- select an empty pinless conference
-      'F' -- Pass DTMF through the conference.  DTMF used to activate any
-             conference features will not be passed through.
-      'i' -- announce user join/leave with review
-      'I' -- announce user join/leave without review
-      'l' -- set listen only mode (Listen only, no talking)
-      'm' -- set initially muted
-      'M' -- enable music on hold when the conference has a single caller
-      'o' -- set talker optimization - treats talkers who aren't speaking as
-             being muted, meaning (a) No encode is done on transmission and
-             (b) Received audio that is not registered as talking is omitted
-             causing no buildup in background noise
-      'p' -- allow user to exit the conference by pressing '#'
-      'P' -- always prompt for the pin even if it is specified
-      'q' -- quiet mode (don't play enter/leave sounds)
-      'r' -- Record conference (records as ${MEETME_RECORDINGFILE}
-             using format ${MEETME_RECORDINGFORMAT}). Default filename is
-             meetme-conf-rec-${CONFNO}-${UNIQUEID} and the default format is
-             wav.
-      's' -- Present menu (user or admin) when '*' is received ('send' to menu)
-      't' -- set talk only mode. (Talk only, no listening)
-      'T' -- set talker detection (sent to manager interface and meetme list)
-      'w[(<secs>)]'
-          -- wait until the marked user enters the conference
-      'x' -- close the conference when last marked user exits
-      'X' -- allow user to exit the conference by entering a valid single
-             digit extension ${MEETME_EXIT_CONTEXT} or the current context
-             if that variable is not defined.
-      '1' -- do not play message when first person enters
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MeetMeAdmin}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MeetMe conference Administration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MeetMeAdmin(confno,command[,user]): Run admin command for conference
-      'e' -- Eject last user that joined
-      'k' -- Kick one user out of conference
-      'K' -- Kick all users out of conference
-      'l' -- Unlock conference
-      'L' -- Lock conference
-      'm' -- Unmute one user
-      'M' -- Mute one user
-      'n' -- Unmute all users in the conference
-      'N' -- Mute all non-admin users in the conference
-      'r' -- Reset one user's volume settings
-      'R' -- Reset all users volume settings
-      's' -- Lower entire conference speaking volume
-      'S' -- Raise entire conference speaking volume
-      't' -- Lower one user's talk volume
-      'T' -- Raise one user's talk volume
-      'u' -- Lower one user's listen volume
-      'U' -- Raise one user's listen volume
-      'v' -- Lower entire conference listening volume
-      'V' -- Raise entire conference listening volume
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MeetMeChannelAdmin}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MeetMe conference Administration (channel specific)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MeetMeChannelAdmin(channel|command): Run admin command for a specific
-channel in any coference.
-      'k' -- Kick the specified user out of the conference he is in
-      'm' -- Unmute the specified user
-      'M' -- Mute the specified user
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MeetMeCount}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MeetMe participant count
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MeetMeCount(confno[|var]): Plays back the number of users in the specified
-MeetMe conference. If var is specified, playback will be skipped and the value
-will be returned in the variable. Upon app completion, MeetMeCount will hangup
-the channel, unless priority n+1 exists, in which case priority progress will
-continue.
-A ZAPTEL INTERFACE MUST BE INSTALLED FOR CONFERENCING FUNCTIONALITY.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Milliwatt}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Generate a Constant 1000Hz tone at 0dbm (mu-law)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Milliwatt(): Generate a Constant 1000Hz tone at 0dbm (mu-law)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MinivmAccMess}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Record account specific messages
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Syntax: MinivmAccmess(username@domain,option)
-This application is part of the Mini-Voicemail system, configured in minivm.conf.
-Use this application to record account specific audio/video messages for
-busy, unavailable and temporary messages.
-Account specific directories will be created if they do not exist.
-
-The option selects message to be recorded:
-   u      Unavailable
-   b      Busy
-   t      Temporary (overrides busy and unavailable)
-   n      Account name
-
-Result is given in channel variable MINIVM_ACCMESS_STATUS
-        The possible values are:     SUCCESS |  FAILED
-	 FAILED is set if the file can't be created.
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MinivmDelete}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Delete Mini-Voicemail voicemail messages
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Syntax: MinivmDelete(filename)
-This application is part of the Mini-Voicemail system, configured in minivm.conf.
-It deletes voicemail file set in MVM_FILENAME or given filename.
-
-Result is given in channel variable MINIVM_DELETE_STATUS
-        The possible values are:     SUCCESS |  FAILED
-	 FAILED is set if the file does not exist or can't be deleted.
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MinivmGreet}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play Mini-Voicemail prompts
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Syntax: MinivmGreet(username@domain[,options])
-This application is part of the Mini-Voicemail system, configured in minivm.conf.
-MinivmGreet() plays default prompts or user specific prompts for an account.
-Busy and unavailable messages can be choosen, but will be overridden if a temporary
-message exists for the account.
-
-Result is given in channel variable MINIVM_GREET_STATUS
-        The possible values are:     SUCCESS | USEREXIT | FAILED
-
-  Options:
-    b    - Play the 'busy' greeting to the calling party.
-    s    - Skip the playback of instructions for leaving a message to the
-           calling party.
-    u    - Play the 'unavailable greeting.
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MinivmNotify}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Notify voicemail owner about new messages.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Syntax: MinivmNotify(username@domain[,template])
-This application is part of the Mini-Voicemail system, configured in minivm.conf.
-MiniVMnotify forwards messages about new voicemail to e-mail and pager.
-If there's no user account for that address, a temporary account will
-be used with default options (set in minivm.conf).
-The recorded file name and path will be read from MVM_FILENAME and the 
-duration of the message will be accessed from MVM_DURATION (set by MinivmRecord() )
-If the channel variable MVM_COUNTER is set, this will be used in the
-message file name and available in the template for the message.
-If not template is given, the default email template will be used to send email and
-default pager template to send paging message (if the user account is configured with
-a paging address.
-
-Result is given in channel variable MINIVM_NOTIFY_STATUS
-        The possible values are:     SUCCESS | FAILED
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MinivmRecord}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Receive Mini-Voicemail and forward via e-mail
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Syntax: MinivmRecord(username@domain[,options])
-This application is part of the Mini-Voicemail system, configured in minivm.conf.
-MiniVM records audio file in configured format and forwards message to e-mail and pager.
-If there's no user account for that address, a temporary account will
-be used with default options.
-The recorded file name and path will be stored in MINIVM_FILENAME and the 
-duration of the message will be stored in MINIVM_DURATION
-
-Note: If the caller hangs up after the recording, the only way to send
-the message and clean up is to execute in the "h" extension.
-
-The application will exit if any of the following DTMF digits are 
-received and the requested extension exist in the current context.
-    0 - Jump to the 'o' extension in the current dialplan context.
-    * - Jump to the 'a' extension in the current dialplan context.
-
-Result is given in channel variable MINIVM_RECORD_STATUS
-        The possible values are:     SUCCESS | USEREXIT | FAILED
-
-  Options:
-    g(#) - Use the specified amount of gain when recording the voicemail
-           message. The units are whole-number decibels (dB).
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MixMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Record a call and mix the audio during the recording
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MixMonitor(<file>.<ext>[|<options>[|<command>]])
-
-Records the audio on the current channel to the specified file.
-If the filename is an absolute path, uses that path, otherwise
-creates the file in the configured monitoring directory from
-asterisk.conf.
-
-Valid options:
- a      - Append to the file instead of overwriting it.
- b      - Only save audio to the file while the channel is bridged.
-          Note: Does not include conferences or sounds played to each bridged
-                party.
- v(<x>) - Adjust the heard volume by a factor of <x> (range -4 to 4)
- V(<x>) - Adjust the spoken volume by a factor of <x> (range -4 to 4)
- W(<x>) - Adjust the both heard and spoken volumes by a factor of <x>
-         (range -4 to 4)
-
-<command> will be executed when the recording is over
-Any strings matching ^{X} will be unescaped to ${X}.
-All variables will be evaluated at the time MixMonitor is called.
-The variable MIXMONITOR_FILENAME will contain the filename used to record.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Monitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Monitor a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Monitor([file_format[:urlbase]|[fname_base]|[options]]):
-Used to start monitoring a channel. The channel's input and output
-voice packets are logged to files until the channel hangs up or
-monitoring is stopped by the StopMonitor application.
-  file_format		optional, if not set, defaults to "wav"
-  fname_base		if set, changes the filename used to the one specified.
-  options:
-    m   - when the recording ends mix the two leg files into one and
-          delete the two leg files.  If the variable MONITOR_EXEC is set, the
-          application referenced in it will be executed instead of
-          soxmix and the raw leg files will NOT be deleted automatically.
-          soxmix or MONITOR_EXEC is handed 3 arguments, the two leg files
-          and a target mixed file name which is the same as the leg file names
-          only without the in/out designator.
-          If MONITOR_EXEC_ARGS is set, the contents will be passed on as
-          additional arguements to MONITOR_EXEC
-          Both MONITOR_EXEC and the Mix flag can be set from the
-          administrator interface
-
-    b   - Don't begin recording unless a call is bridged to another channel
-
-Returns -1 if monitor files can't be opened or if the channel is already
-monitored, otherwise 0.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Morsecode}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Plays morse code
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: Morsecode(<string>)
-Plays the Morse code equivalent of the passed string.  If the variable
-MORSEDITLEN is set, it will use that value for the length (in ms) of the dit
-(defaults to 80).  Additionally, if MORSETONE is set, it will use that tone
-(in Hz).  The tone default is 800.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MP3Player}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play an MP3 file or stream
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  MP3Player(location) Executes mpg123 to play the given location,
-which typically would be a filename or a URL. User can exit by pressing
-any key on the dialpad, or by hanging up.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MusicOnHold}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play Music On Hold indefinitely
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MusicOnHold(class): Plays hold music specified by class.  If omitted, the default
-music source for the channel will be used. Set the default 
-class with the SetMusicOnHold() application.
-Returns -1 on hangup.
-Never returns otherwise.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{NBScat}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play an NBS local stream
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  NBScat: Executes nbscat to listen to the local NBS stream.
-User can exit by pressing any key
-.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{NoCDR}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Tell Asterisk to not maintain a CDR for the current call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  NoCDR(): This application will tell Asterisk not to maintain a CDR for the
-current call.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{NoOp}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Do Nothing
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  NoOp(): This applicatiion does nothing. However, it is useful for debugging
-purposes. Any text that is provided as arguments to this application can be
-viewed at the Asterisk CLI. This method can be used to see the evaluations of
-variables or functions without having any effect.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ODBCFinish}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Clear the resultset of a successful multirow query
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ODBCFinish(<result-id>)
-  Clears any remaining rows of the specified resultset
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Page}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Pages phones
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Page(Technology/Resource&Technology2/Resource2[|options])
-  Places outbound calls to the given technology / resource and dumps
-them into a conference bridge as muted participants.  The original
-caller is dumped into the conference as a speaker and the room is
-destroyed when the original caller leaves.  Valid options are:
-        d - full duplex audio
-        q - quiet, do not play beep to caller
-        r - record the page into a file (see 'r' for app_meetme)
-        s - only dial channel if devicestate says it is not in use
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Park}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Park yourself
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Park():Used to park yourself (typically in combination with a supervised
-transfer to know the parking space). This application is always
-registered internally and does not need to be explicitly added
-into the dialplan, although you should include the 'parkedcalls'
-context (or the context specified in features.conf).
-
-If you set the PARKINGEXTEN variable to an extension in your
-parking context, park() will park the call on that extension, unless
-it already exists. In that case, execution will continue at next
-priority.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ParkAndAnnounce}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Park and Announce
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ParkAndAnnounce(announce:template|timeout|dial|[return_context]):
-Park a call into the parkinglot and announce the call to another channel.
-
-announce template: Colon-separated list of files to announce.  The word PARKED
-                   will be replaced by a say_digits of the extension in which
-                   the call is parked.
-timeout:           Time in seconds before the call returns into the return
-                   context.
-dial:              The app_dial style resource to call to make the
-                   announcement.  Console/dsp calls the console.
-return_context:    The goto-style label to jump the call back into after
-                   timeout.  Default <priority+1>.
-
-The variable ${PARKEDAT} will contain the parking extension into which the
-call was placed.  Use with the Local channel to allow the dialplan to make
-use of this information.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ParkedCall}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Answer a parked call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ParkedCall(exten):Used to connect to a parked call.  This application is always
-registered internally and does not need to be explicitly added
-into the dialplan, although you should include the 'parkedcalls'
-context.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{PauseMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Pause monitoring of a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-PauseMonitor
-Pauses monitoring of a channel until it is re-enabled by a call to UnpauseMonitor.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{PauseQueueMember}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Pauses a queue member
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-   PauseQueueMember([queuename]|interface[|options]):
-Pauses (blocks calls for) a queue member.
-The given interface will be paused in the given queue.  This prevents
-any calls from being sent from the queue to the interface until it is
-unpaused with UnpauseQueueMember or the manager interface.  If no
-queuename is given, the interface is paused in every queue it is a
-member of. The application will fail if the interface is not found.
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     PQMSTATUS      The status of the attempt to pause a queue member as a
-                     text string, one of
-           PAUSED | NOTFOUND
-Example: PauseQueueMember(|SIP/3000)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Pickup}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Directed Call Pickup
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Pickup(extension[@context][&extension2@context...]): This application can pickup any ringing channel
-that is calling the specified extension. If no context is specified, the current
-context will be used. If you use the special string "PICKUPMARK" for the context parameter, for example
-10@PICKUPMARK, this application tries to find a channel which has defined a channel variable with the same content
-as "extension".
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Playback}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play a file
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Playback(filename[&filename2...][|option]):  Plays back given filenames (do not put
-extension). Options may also be included following a pipe symbol. The 'skip'
-option causes the playback of the message to be skipped if the channel
-is not in the 'up' state (i.e. it hasn't been  answered  yet). If 'skip' is 
-specified, the application will return immediately should the channel not be
-off hook.  Otherwise, unless 'noanswer' is specified, the channel will
-be answered before the sound is played. Not all channels support playing
-messages while still on hook.
-This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
- PLAYBACKSTATUS    The status of the playback attempt as a text string, one of
-               SUCCESS | FAILED
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{PlayTones}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play a tone list
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-PlayTones(arg): Plays a tone list. Execution will continue with the next step immediately,
-while the tones continue to play.
-Arg is either the tone name defined in the indications.conf configuration file, or a directly
-specified list of frequencies and durations.
-See the sample indications.conf for a description of the specification of a tonelist.
-
-Use the StopPlayTones application to stop the tones playing. 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{PrivacyManager}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Require phone number to be entered, if no CallerID sent
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  PrivacyManager([maxretries[|minlength[|options]]]): If no Caller*ID 
-is sent, PrivacyManager answers the channel and asks the caller to
-enter their phone number. The caller is given 3 attempts to do so.
-The application does nothing if Caller*ID was received on the channel.
-  Configuration file privacy.conf contains two variables:
-   maxretries  default 3  -maximum number of attempts the caller is allowed 
-               to input a callerid.
-   minlength   default 10 -minimum allowable digits in the input callerid number.
-If you don't want to use the config file and have an i/o operation with
-every call, you can also specify maxretries and minlength as application
-parameters. Doing so supercedes any values set in privacy.conf.
-The application sets the following channel variable upon completion: 
-PRIVACYMGRSTATUS  The status of the privacy manager's attempt to collect 
-                  a phone number from the user. A text string that is either:
-          SUCCESS | FAILED 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Progress}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Indicate progress
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Progress(): This application will request that in-band progress information
-be provided to the calling channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Queue}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Queue a call for a call queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Queue(queuename[|options[|URL][|announceoverride][|timeout][|AGI][|macro][|gosub]):
-Queues an incoming call in a particular call queue as defined in queues.conf.
-This application will return to the dialplan if the queue does not exist, or
-any of the join options cause the caller to not enter the queue.
-The option string may contain zero or more of the following characters:
-      'c' -- continue in the dialplan if the callee hangs up.
-      'd' -- data-quality (modem) call (minimum delay).
-      'h' -- allow callee to hang up by pressing *.
-      'H' -- allow caller to hang up by pressing *.
-      'n' -- no retries on the timeout; will exit this application and 
-             go to the next step.
-      'i' -- ignore call forward requests from queue members and do nothing
-             when they are requested.
-      'r' -- ring instead of playing MOH.
-      't' -- allow the called user to transfer the calling user.
-      'T' -- allow the calling user to transfer the call.
-      'w' -- allow the called user to write the conversation to disk via Monitor.
-      'W' -- allow the calling user to write the conversation to disk via Monitor.
-  In addition to transferring the call, a call may be parked and then picked
-up by another user.
-  The optional URL will be sent to the called party if the channel supports
-it.
-  The optional AGI parameter will setup an AGI script to be executed on the 
-calling party's channel once they are connected to a queue member.
-  The optional macro parameter will run a macro on the 
-calling party's channel once they are connected to a queue member.
-  The optional gosub parameter will run a gosub on the 
-calling party's channel once they are connected to a queue member.
-  The timeout will cause the queue to fail out after a specified number of
-seconds, checked between each queues.conf 'timeout' and 'retry' cycle.
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-      QUEUESTATUS    The status of the call as a text string, one of
-             TIMEOUT | FULL | JOINEMPTY | LEAVEEMPTY | JOINUNAVAIL | LEAVEUNAVAIL | CONTINUE
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueueLog}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Writes to the queue_log
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-   QueueLog(queuename|uniqueid|agent|event[|additionalinfo]):
-Allows you to write your own events into the queue log
-Example: QueueLog(101|${UNIQUEID}|${AGENT}|WENTONBREAK|600)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Read}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Read a variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Read(variable[|filename[&filename2...]][|maxdigits][|option][|attempts][|timeout])
-
-Reads a #-terminated string of digits a certain number of times from the
-user in to the given variable.
-  filename   -- file(s) to play before reading digits or tone with option i
-  maxdigits  -- maximum acceptable number of digits. Stops reading after
-                maxdigits have been entered (without requiring the user to
-                press the '#' key).
-                Defaults to 0 - no limit - wait for the user press the '#' key.
-                Any value below 0 means the same. Max accepted value is 255.
-  option     -- options are 's' , 'i', 'n'
-                's' to return immediately if the line is not up,
-                'i' to play  filename as an indication tone from your indications.conf
-                'n' to read digits even if the line is not up.
-  attempts   -- if greater than 1, that many attempts will be made in the 
-                event no data is entered.
-  timeout    -- The number of seconds to wait for a digit response. If greater
-                than 0, that value will override the default timeout. Can be floating point.
-
-Read should disconnect if the function fails or errors out.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ReadFile}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ReadFile(varname=file,length)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ReadFile(varname=file,length)
-  Varname - Result stored here.
-  File - The name of the file to read.
-  Length - Maximum number of characters to capture.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Record}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Record to a file
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Record(filename.format|silence[|maxduration][|options])
-
-Records from the channel into a given filename. If the file exists it will
-be overwritten.
-- 'format' is the format of the file type to be recorded (wav, gsm, etc).
-- 'silence' is the number of seconds of silence to allow before returning.
-- 'maxduration' is the maximum recording duration in seconds. If missing
-or 0 there is no maximum.
-- 'options' may contain any of the following letters:
-     'a' : append to existing recording rather than replacing
-     'n' : do not answer, but record anyway if line not yet answered
-     'q' : quiet (do not play a beep tone)
-     's' : skip recording if the line is not yet answered
-     't' : use alternate '*' terminator key (DTMF) instead of default '#'
-     'x' : ignore all terminator keys (DTMF) and keep recording until hangup
-
-If filename contains '%d', these characters will be replaced with a number
-incremented by one each time the file is recorded. A channel variable
-named RECORDED_FILE will also be set, which contains the final filemname.
-
-Use 'core show file formats' to see the available formats on your system
-
-User can press '#' to terminate the recording and continue to the next priority.
-
-If the user should hangup during a recording, all data will be lost and the
-application will teminate. 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{RemoveQueueMember}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dynamically removes queue members
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-   RemoveQueueMember(queuename[|interface[|options]]):
-Dynamically removes interface to an existing queue
-If the interface is NOT in the queue it will return an error.
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     RQMSTATUS      The status of the attempt to remove a queue member as a
-                     text string, one of
-           REMOVED | NOTINQUEUE | NOSUCHQUEUE 
-Example: RemoveQueueMember(techsupport|SIP/3000)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ResetCDR}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Resets the Call Data Record
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ResetCDR([options]):  This application causes the Call Data Record to be
-reset.
-  Options:
-    w -- Store the current CDR record before resetting it.
-    a -- Store any stacked records.
-    v -- Save CDR variables.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{RetryDial}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Place a call, retrying on failure allowing optional exit extension.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  RetryDial(announce|sleep|retries|dialargs): This application will attempt to
-place a call using the normal Dial application. If no channel can be reached,
-the 'announce' file will be played. Then, it will wait 'sleep' number of
-seconds before retying the call. After 'retires' number of attempts, the
-calling channel will continue at the next priority in the dialplan. If the
-'retries' setting is set to 0, this application will retry endlessly.
-  While waiting to retry a call, a 1 digit extension may be dialed. If that
-extension exists in either the context defined in ${EXITCONTEXT} or the current
-one, The call will jump to that extension immediately.
-  The 'dialargs' are specified in the same format that arguments are provided
-to the Dial application.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Return}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Return from gosub routine
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Return([return-value])
-  Jumps to the last label on the stack, removing it.  The return value, if
-any, is saved in the channel variable GOSUB_RETVAL.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Ringing}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Indicate ringing tone
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Ringing(): This application will request that the channel indicate a ringing
-tone to the user.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Rpt}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Radio Repeater/Remote Base Control System
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Rpt(nodename[|options]):  Radio Remote Link or Remote Base Link Endpoint Process.
-
-    Not specifying an option puts it in normal endpoint mode (where source
-    IP and nodename are verified).
-
-    Options are as follows:
-
-        X - Normal endpoint mode WITHOUT security check. Only specify
-            this if you have checked security already (like with an IAX2
-            user/password or something).
-
-        Rannounce-string[|timeout[|timeout-destination]] - Amateur Radio
-            Reverse Autopatch. Caller is put on hold, and announcement (as
-            specified by the 'announce-string') is played on radio system.
-            Users of radio system can access autopatch, dial specified
-            code, and pick up call. Announce-string is list of names of
-            recordings, or "PARKED" to substitute code for un-parking,
-            or "NODE" to substitute node number.
-
-        P - Phone Control mode. This allows a regular phone user to have
-            full control and audio access to the radio system. For the
-            user to have DTMF control, the 'phone_functions' parameter
-            must be specified for the node in 'rpt.conf'. An additional
-            function (cop,6) must be listed so that PTT control is available.
-
-        D - Dumb Phone Control mode. This allows a regular phone user to
-            have full control and audio access to the radio system. In this
-            mode, the PTT is activated for the entire length of the call.
-            For the user to have DTMF control (not generally recomended in
-            this mode), the 'dphone_functions' parameter must be specified
-            for the node in 'rpt.conf'. Otherwise no DTMF control will be
-            available to the phone user.
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SayAlpha}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Say Alpha
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SayAlpha(string): This application will play the sounds that correspond to
-the letters of the given string.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SayDigits}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Say Digits
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SayDigits(digits): This application will play the sounds that correspond
-to the digits of the given number. This will use the language that is currently
-set for the channel. See the LANGUAGE function for more information on setting
-the language for the channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SayNumber}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Say Number
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SayNumber(digits[,gender]): This application will play the sounds that
-correspond to the given number. Optionally, a gender may be specified.
-This will use the language that is currently set for the channel. See the
-LANGUAGE function for more information on setting the language for the channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SayPhonetic}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Say Phonetic
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SayPhonetic(string): This application will play the sounds from the phonetic
-alphabet that correspond to the letters in the given string.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SayUnixTime}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Says a specified time in a custom format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SayUnixTime([unixtime][|[timezone][|format]])
-  unixtime: time, in seconds since Jan 1, 1970.  May be negative.
-              defaults to now.
-  timezone: timezone, see /usr/share/zoneinfo for a list.
-              defaults to machine default.
-  format:   a format the time is to be said in.  See voicemail.conf.
-              defaults to "ABdY 'digits/at' IMp"
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SendDTMF}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sends arbitrary DTMF digits
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
- SendDTMF(digits[|timeout_ms]): Sends DTMF digits on a channel. 
- Accepted digits: 0-9, *#abcd, w (.5s pause)
- The application will either pass the assigned digits or terminate if it
- encounters an error.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SendImage}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send an image file
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SendImage(filename): Sends an image on a channel. 
-If the channel supports image transport but the image send
-fails, the channel will be hung up. Otherwise, the dialplan
-continues execution.
-This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-	SENDIMAGESTATUS		The status is the result of the attempt as a text string, one of
-		OK | NOSUPPORT 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SendText}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send a Text Message
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SendText(text[|options]): Sends text to current channel (callee).
-Result of transmission will be stored in the SENDTEXTSTATUS
-channel variable:
-      SUCCESS      Transmission succeeded
-      FAILURE      Transmission failed
-      UNSUPPORTED  Text transmission not supported by channel
-
-At this moment, text is supposed to be 7 bit ASCII in most channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SendURL}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send a URL
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SendURL(URL[|option]): Requests client go to URL (IAX2) or sends the 
-URL to the client (other channels).
-Result is returned in the SENDURLSTATUS channel variable:
-    SUCCESS       URL successfully sent to client
-    FAILURE       Failed to send URL
-    NOLOAD        Client failed to load URL (wait enabled)
-    UNSUPPORTED   Channel does not support URL transport
-
-If the option 'wait' is specified, execution will wait for an
-acknowledgement that the URL has been loaded before continuing
-
-SendURL continues normally if the URL was sent correctly or if the channel
-does not support HTML transport.  Otherwise, the channel is hung up.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Set}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set channel variable(s) or function value(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Set(name1=value1|name2=value2|..[|options])
-This function can be used to set the value of channel variables or dialplan
-functions. It will accept up to 24 name/value pairs. When setting variables,
-if the variable name is prefixed with _, the variable will be inherited into
-channels created from the current channel. If the variable name is prefixed
-with __, the variable will be inherited into channels created from the current
-channel and all children channels.
-  Options:
-    g - Set variable globally instead of on the channel
-        (applies only to variables, not functions)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SetAMAFlags}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set the AMA Flags
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SetAMAFlags([flag]): This application will set the channel's AMA Flags for
-  billing purposes.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SetCallerPres}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set CallerID Presentation
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SetCallerPres(presentation): Set Caller*ID presentation on a call.
-  Valid presentations are:
-
-      allowed_not_screened    : Presentation Allowed, Not Screened
-      allowed_passed_screen   : Presentation Allowed, Passed Screen
-      allowed_failed_screen   : Presentation Allowed, Failed Screen
-      allowed                 : Presentation Allowed, Network Number
-      prohib_not_screened     : Presentation Prohibited, Not Screened
-      prohib_passed_screen    : Presentation Prohibited, Passed Screen
-      prohib_failed_screen    : Presentation Prohibited, Failed Screen
-      prohib                  : Presentation Prohibited, Network Number
-      unavailable             : Number Unavailable
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SetMusicOnHold}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set default Music On Hold class
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SetMusicOnHold(class): Sets the default class for music on hold for a given channel.  When
-music on hold is activated, this class will be used to select which
-music is played.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIPAddHeader}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Add a SIP header to the outbound call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SIPAddHeader(Header: Content)
-Adds a header to a SIP call placed with DIAL.
-Remember to user the X-header if you are adding non-standard SIP
-headers, like "X-Asterisk-Accountcode:". Use this with care.
-Adding the wrong headers may jeopardize the SIP dialog.
-Always returns 0
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIPDtmfMode}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Change the dtmfmode for a SIP call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SIPDtmfMode(inband|info|rfc2833): Changes the dtmfmode for a SIP call
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Skel}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Skeleton application.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This application is a template to build other applications from.
- It shows you the basic structure to create your own Asterisk applications.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SLAStation}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shared Line Appearance Station
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SLAStation(station):
-This application should be executed by an SLA station.  The argument depends
-on how the call was initiated.  If the phone was just taken off hook, then
-the argument "station" should be just the station name.  If the call was
-initiated by pressing a line key, then the station name should be preceded
-by an underscore and the trunk name associated with that line button.
-For example: "station1_line1".  On exit, this application will set the variable SLASTATION_STATUS to
-one of the following values:
-    FAILURE | CONGESTION | SUCCESS
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SLATrunk}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shared Line Appearance Trunk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SLATrunk(trunk):
-This application should be executed by an SLA trunk on an inbound call.
-The channel calling this application should correspond to the SLA trunk
-with the name "trunk" that is being passed as an argument.
-  On exit, this application will set the variable SLATRUNK_STATUS to
-one of the following values:
-   FAILURE | SUCCESS | UNANSWERED | RINGTIMEOUT
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SMS}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Communicates with SMS service centres and SMS capable analogue phones
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SMS(name|[a][s][t][p(d)][r][o]|addr|body):
-SMS handles exchange of SMS data with a call to/from SMS capable
-phone or SMS PSTN service center. Can send and/or receive SMS messages.
-Works to ETSI ES 201 912; compatible with BT SMS PSTN service in UK
-and Telecom Italia in Italy.
-Typical usage is to use to handle calls from the SMS service centre CLI,
-or to set up a call using 'outgoing' or manager interface to connect
-service centre to SMS()
-name is the name of the queue used in /var/spool/asterisk/sms
-Arguments:
- a: answer, i.e. send initial FSK packet.
- s: act as service centre talking to a phone.
- t: use protocol 2 (default used is protocol 1).
- p(N): set the initial delay to N ms (default is 300).
-addr and body are a deprecated format to send messages out.
- s: set the Status Report Request (SRR) bit.
- o: the body should be coded as octets not 7-bit symbols.
-Messages are processed as per text file message queues.
-smsq (a separate software) is a command to generate message
-queues and send messages.
-NOTE: the protocol has tight delay bounds. Please use short frames
-and disable/keep short the jitter buffer on the ATA to make sure that
-respones (ACK etc.) are received in time.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SoftHangup}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Soft Hangup Application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  SoftHangup(Technology/resource|options)
-Hangs up the requested channel.  If there are no channels to hangup,
-the application will report it.
-- 'options' may contain the following letter:
-     'a' : hang up all channels on a specified device instead of a single resource
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechActivateGrammar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Activate a Grammar
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechActivateGrammar(Grammar Name)
-This activates the specified grammar to be recognized by the engine. A grammar tells the speech recognition engine what to recognize, 
-and how to portray it back to you in the dialplan. The grammar name is the only argument to this application.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechBackground}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play a sound file and wait for speech to be recognized
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechBackground(Sound File|Timeout)
-This application plays a sound file and waits for the person to speak. Once they start speaking playback of the file stops, and silence is heard.
-Once they stop talking the processing sound is played to indicate the speech recognition engine is working.
-Once results are available the application returns and results (score and text) are available using dialplan functions.
-The first text and score are ${SPEECH_TEXT(0)} AND ${SPEECH_SCORE(0)} while the second are ${SPEECH_TEXT(1)} and ${SPEECH_SCORE(1)}.
-The first argument is the sound file and the second is the timeout integer in seconds. Note the timeout will only start once the sound file has stopped playing.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechCreate}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Create a Speech Structure
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechCreate(engine name)
-This application creates information to be used by all the other applications. It must be called before doing any speech recognition activities such as activating a grammar.
-It takes the engine name to use as the argument, if not specified the default engine will be used.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechDeactivateGrammar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Deactivate a Grammar
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechDeactivateGrammar(Grammar Name)
-This deactivates the specified grammar so that it is no longer recognized. The only argument is the grammar name to deactivate.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechDestroy}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-End speech recognition
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechDestroy()
-This destroys the information used by all the other speech recognition applications.
-If you call this application but end up wanting to recognize more speech, you must call SpeechCreate
-again before calling any other application. It takes no arguments.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechLoadGrammar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Load a Grammar
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechLoadGrammar(Grammar Name|Path)
-Load a grammar only on the channel, not globally.
-It takes the grammar name as first argument and path as second.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechProcessingSound}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Change background processing sound
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechProcessingSound(Sound File)
-This changes the processing sound that SpeechBackground plays back when the speech recognition engine is processing and working to get results.
-It takes the sound file as the only argument.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechStart}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Start recognizing voice in the audio stream
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechStart()
-Tell the speech recognition engine that it should start trying to get results from audio being fed to it. This has no arguments.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SpeechUnloadGrammar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unload a Grammar
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SpeechUnloadGrammar(Grammar Name)
-Unload a grammar. It takes the grammar name as the only argument.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StackPop}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Remove one address from gosub stack
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-StackPop()
-  Removes last label on the stack, discarding it.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StartMusicOnHold}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play Music On Hold
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-StartMusicOnHold(class): Starts playing music on hold, uses default music class for channel.
-Starts playing music specified by class.  If omitted, the default
-music source for the channel will be used.  Always returns 0.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StopMixMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stop recording a call through MixMonitor
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  StopMixMonitor()
-
-Stops the audio recording that was started with a call to MixMonitor()
-on the current channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StopMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stop monitoring a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-StopMonitor
-Stops monitoring a channel. Has no effect if the channel is not monitored
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StopMusicOnHold}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stop Playing Music On Hold
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-StopMusicOnHold: Stops playing music on hold.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StopPlayTones}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stop playing a tone list
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stop playing a tone list
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{System}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute a system command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  System(command): Executes a command  by  using  system(). If the command
-fails, the console should report a fallthrough. 
-Result of execution is returned in the SYSTEMSTATUS channel variable:
-   FAILURE	Could not execute the specified command
-   SUCCESS	Specified command successfully executed
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{TestClient}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute Interface Test Client
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-TestClient(testid): Executes test client with given testid.
-Results stored in /var/log/asterisk/testreports/<testid>-client.txt
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{TestServer}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute Interface Test Server
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-TestServer(): Perform test server function and write call report.
-Results stored in /var/log/asterisk/testreports/<testid>-server.txt
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Transfer}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Transfer caller to remote extension
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Transfer([Tech/]dest[|options]):  Requests the remote caller be transferred
-to a given destination. If TECH (SIP, IAX2, LOCAL etc) is used, only
-an incoming call with the same channel technology will be transfered.
-Note that for SIP, if you transfer before call is setup, a 302 redirect
-SIP message will be returned to the caller.
-
-The result of the application will be reported in the TRANSFERSTATUS
-channel variable:
-       SUCCESS      Transfer succeeded
-       FAILURE      Transfer failed
-       UNSUPPORTED  Transfer unsupported by channel driver
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{TryExec}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes dialplan application, always returning
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: TryExec(appname(arguments))
-  Allows an arbitrary application to be invoked even when not
-hardcoded into the dialplan. To invoke external applications
-see the application System.  Always returns to the dialplan.
-The channel variable TRYSTATUS will be set to:
-    SUCCESS   if the application returned zero
-    FAILED    if the application returned non-zero
-    NOAPP     if the application was not found or was not specified
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{TrySystem}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Try executing a system command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  TrySystem(command): Executes a command  by  using  system().
-on any situation.
-Result of execution is returned in the SYSTEMSTATUS channel variable:
-   FAILURE	Could not execute the specified command
-   SUCCESS	Specified command successfully executed
-   APPERROR	Specified command successfully executed, but returned error code
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{UnpauseMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unpause monitoring of a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-UnpauseMonitor
-Unpauses monitoring of a channel on which monitoring had
-previously been paused with PauseMonitor.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{UnpauseQueueMember}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unpauses a queue member
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-   UnpauseQueueMember([queuename]|interface[|options]):
-Unpauses (resumes calls to) a queue member.
-This is the counterpart to PauseQueueMember and operates exactly the
-same way, except it unpauses instead of pausing the given interface.
-  This application sets the following channel variable upon completion:
-     UPQMSTATUS       The status of the attempt to unpause a queue 
-                      member as a text string, one of
-            UNPAUSED | NOTFOUND
-Example: UnpauseQueueMember(|SIP/3000)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{UserEvent}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send an arbitrary event to the manager interface
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  UserEvent(eventname[|body]): Sends an arbitrary event to the manager
-interface, with an optional body representing additional arguments.  The
-body may be specified as a | delimeted list of headers. Each additional
-argument will be placed on a new line in the event. The format of the
-event will be:
-    Event: UserEvent
-    UserEvent: <specified event name>
-    [body]
-If no body is specified, only Event and UserEvent headers will be present.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Verbose}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send arbitrary text to verbose output
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Verbose([<level>|]<message>)
-  level must be an integer value.  If not specified, defaults to 0.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{VMAuthenticate}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Authenticate with Voicemail passwords
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  VMAuthenticate([mailbox][@context][|options]): This application behaves the
-same way as the Authenticate application, but the passwords are taken from
-voicemail.conf.
-  If the mailbox is specified, only that mailbox's password will be considered
-valid. If the mailbox is not specified, the channel variable AUTH_MAILBOX will
-be set with the authenticated mailbox.
-
-  Options:
-    s - Skip playing the initial prompts.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{VoiceMail}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Leave a Voicemail message
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  VoiceMail(mailbox[@context][&mailbox[@context]][...][|options]): This
-application allows the calling party to leave a message for the specified
-list of mailboxes. When multiple mailboxes are specified, the greeting will
-be taken from the first mailbox specified. Dialplan execution will stop if the
-specified mailbox does not exist.
-  The Voicemail application will exit if any of the following DTMF digits are
-received:
-    0 - Jump to the 'o' extension in the current dialplan context.
-    * - Jump to the 'a' extension in the current dialplan context.
-  This application will set the following channel variable upon completion:
-    VMSTATUS - This indicates the status of the execution of the VoiceMail
-               application. The possible values are:
-               SUCCESS | USEREXIT | FAILED
-
-  Options:
-    b    - Play the 'busy' greeting to the calling party.
-    g(#) - Use the specified amount of gain when recording the voicemail
-           message. The units are whole-number decibels (dB).
-    s    - Skip the playback of instructions for leaving a message to the
-           calling party.
-    u    - Play the 'unavailable greeting.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{VoiceMailMain}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check Voicemail messages
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  VoiceMailMain([mailbox][@context][|options]): This application allows the
-calling party to check voicemail messages. A specific mailbox, and optional
-corresponding context, may be specified. If a mailbox is not provided, the
-calling party will be prompted to enter one. If a context is not specified,
-the 'default' context will be used.
-
-  Options:
-    p    - Consider the mailbox parameter as a prefix to the mailbox that
-           is entered by the caller.
-    g(#) - Use the specified amount of gain when recording a voicemail
-           message. The units are whole-number decibels (dB).
-    s    - Skip checking the passcode for the mailbox.
-    a(#) - Skip folder prompt and go directly to folder specified.
-           Defaults to INBOX
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Wait}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Waits for some time
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Wait(seconds): This application waits for a specified number of seconds.
-Then, dialplan execution will continue at the next priority.
-  Note that the seconds can be passed with fractions of a second. For example,
-'1.5' will ask the application to wait for 1.5 seconds.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{WaitExten}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Waits for an extension to be entered
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  WaitExten([seconds][|options]): This application waits for the user to enter
-a new extension for a specified number of seconds.
-  Note that the seconds can be passed with fractions of a second. For example,
-'1.5' will ask the application to wait for 1.5 seconds.
-  Options:
-    m[(x)] - Provide music on hold to the caller while waiting for an extension.
-               Optionally, specify the class for music on hold within parenthesis.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{WaitForRing}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Wait for Ring Application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  WaitForRing(timeout)
-Returns 0 after waiting at least timeout seconds. and
-only after the next ring has completed.  Returns 0 on
-success or -1 on hangup
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{WaitForSilence}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Waits for a specified amount of silence
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  WaitForSilence(silencerequired[|iterations][|timeout]) 
-Wait for Silence: Waits for up to 'silencerequired' 
-milliseconds of silence, 'iterations' times or once if omitted.
-An optional timeout specified the number of seconds to return
-after, even if we do not receive the specified amount of silence.
-Use 'timeout' with caution, as it may defeat the purpose of this
-application, which is to wait indefinitely until silence is detected
-on the line.  This is particularly useful for reverse-911-type
-call broadcast applications where you need to wait for an answering
-machine to complete its spiel before playing a message.
-The timeout parameter is specified only to avoid an infinite loop in
-cases where silence is never achieved.  Typically you will want to
-include two or more calls to WaitForSilence when dealing with an answering
-machine; first waiting for the spiel to finish, then waiting for the beep, etc.
-
-Examples:
-  - WaitForSilence(500|2) will wait for 1/2 second of silence, twice
-  - WaitForSilence(1000) will wait for 1 second of silence, once
-  - WaitForSilence(300|3|10) will wait for 300ms silence, 3 times,
-     and returns after 10 sec, even if silence is not detected
-
-Sets the channel variable WAITSTATUS with to one of these values:
-SILENCE - if exited with silence detected
-TIMEOUT - if exited without silence detected after timeout
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{WaitMusicOnHold}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Wait, playing Music On Hold
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-WaitMusicOnHold(delay): Plays hold music specified number of seconds.  Returns 0 when
-done, or -1 on hangup.  If no hold music is available, the delay will
-still occur with no sound.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{While}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Start a while loop
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage:  While(<expr>)
-Start a While Loop.  Execution will return to this point when
-EndWhile is called until expr is no longer true.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Zapateller}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Block telemarketers with SIT
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  Zapateller(options):  Generates special information tone to block
-telemarketers from calling you.  Options is a pipe-delimited list of
-options.  The following options are available:
-'answer' causes the line to be answered before playing the tone,
-'nocallerid' causes Zapateller to only play the tone if there
-is no callerid information available.  Options should be separated by |
-characters
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapBarge}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Barge in (monitor) Zap channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ZapBarge([channel]): Barges in on a specified zap
-channel or prompts if one is not specified.  Returns
--1 when caller user hangs up and is independent of the
-state of the channel being monitored.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapRAS}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes Zaptel ISDN RAS application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ZapRAS(args): Executes a RAS server using pppd on the given channel.
-The channel must be a clear channel (i.e. PRI source) and a Zaptel
-channel to be able to use this function (No modem emulation is included).
-Your pppd must be patched to be zaptel aware. Arguments should be
-separated by | characters.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapScan}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Scan Zap channels to monitor calls
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  ZapScan([group]) allows a call center manager to monitor Zap channels in
-a convenient way.  Use '#' to select the next channel and use '*' to exit
-Limit scanning to a channel GROUP by setting the option group argument.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
diff --git a/doc/tex/ast_cli_commands.tex b/doc/tex/ast_cli_commands.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e7e58b4e4d..0000000000
--- a/doc/tex/ast_cli_commands.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3505 +0,0 @@
-% This file is automatically generated by the "core dump clidocs" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.
-\section{!}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute a shell command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: !<command>
-       Executes a given shell command
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{abort halt}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Cancel a running halt
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: abort shutdown
-       Causes Asterisk to abort an executing shutdown or restart, and resume normal
-       call operations.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ael debug contexts}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable AEL contexts debug (does nothing)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ael debug macros}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable AEL macros debug (does nothing)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ael debug read}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable AEL read debug (does nothing)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ael debug tokens}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable AEL tokens debug (does nothing)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ael nodebug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable AEL debug messages
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ael reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload AEL configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agent logoff}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets an agent offline
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agent logoff <channel> [soft]
-       Sets an agent as no longer logged in.
-       If 'soft' is specified, do not hangup existing calls.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agent show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show status of agents
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agent show
-       Provides summary information on agents.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agent show online}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show all online agents
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agent show online
-	Provides a list of all online agents.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agi debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable AGI debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agi debug
-       Enables dumping of AGI transactions for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agi debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable AGI debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agi debug off
-       Disables dumping of AGI transactions for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agi dump commanddocs}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump agi command documentation in LaTeX format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agi dump commanddocs [command]
-       Dump manager action documentation to /tmp/ast_agi_commands.tex.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agi dumphtml}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dumps a list of agi commands in html format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agi dumphtml <filename>
-	Dumps the agi command list in html format to given filename
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{agi show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List AGI commands or specific help
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: agi show [topic]
-       When called with a topic as an argument, displays usage
-       information on the given command.  If called without a
-       topic, it provides a list of AGI commands.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{cdr status}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display the CDR status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: cdr status
-	Displays the Call Detail Record engine system status.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console active}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets/displays active console
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console active [device]
-       If used without a parameter, displays which device is the current
-console.  If a device is specified, the console sound device is changed to
-the device specified.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console answer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Answer an incoming console call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console answer
-       Answers an incoming call on the console (OSS) channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console autoanswer [on|off]}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets/displays autoanswer
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console autoanswer [on|off]
-       Enables or disables autoanswer feature.  If used without
-       argument, displays the current on/off status of autoanswer.
-       The default value of autoanswer is in 'oss.conf'.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console boost}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets/displays mic boost in dB
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console dial}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dial an extension on the console
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console dial [extension[@context]]
-       Dials a given extension (and context if specified)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console flash}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Flash a call on the console
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console flash
-       Flashes the call currently placed on the console.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console hangup}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Hangup a call on the console
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console hangup
-       Hangs up any call currently placed on the console.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console {mute|unmute}}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable/Enable mic input
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console {mute|unmute}
-       Mute/unmute the microphone.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console send text}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send text to the remote device
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console send text <message>
-       Sends a text message for display on the remote terminal.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{console transfer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Transfer a call to a different extension
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: console transfer <extension>[@context]
-       Transfers the currently connected call to the given extension (and
-context if specified)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core clear profile}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Clear profiling info
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core dump appdocs}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump application documentation in LaTeX format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core dump appdocs [application]
-       Dump Application documentation to /tmp/ast_appdocs.tex.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core dump clidocs}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump CLI command documentation in LaTeX format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core dump clidocs
-       Dump CLI command documentation to /tmp/ast_cli_commands.tex.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core dump funcdocs}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump function documentation in LaTeX format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core dump funcdocs [function]
-       Dump Application documentation to /tmp/ast_funcdocs.tex.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core set debug channel}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable/disable debugging on a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core set debug channel <all|channel> [off]
-       Enables/disables debugging on all or on a specific channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core set {debug|verbose} [off|atleast]}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set level of debug/verbose chattiness
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core set {debug|verbose} [atleast] <level>
-       core set {debug|verbose} off
-       Sets level of debug or verbose messages to be displayed.
-	0 or off means no messages should be displayed.
-	Equivalent to -d[d[...]] or -v[v[v...]] on startup
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core set global}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set global dialplan variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core set global <name> <value>
-       Set global dialplan variable <name> to <value>
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show applications}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shows registered dialplan applications
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show applications [{like|describing} <text>]
-       List applications which are currently available.
-       If 'like', <text> will be a substring of the app name
-       If 'describing', <text> will be a substring of the description
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show application}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Describe a specific dialplan application
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show application <application> [<application> [<application> [...]]]
-       Describes a particular application.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show channels [concise|verbose|count]}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display information on channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show channels [concise|verbose|count]
-       Lists currently defined channels and some information about them. If
-       'concise' is specified, the format is abridged and in a more easily
-       machine parsable format. If 'verbose' is specified, the output includes
-       more and longer fields. If 'count' is specified only the channel and call
-       count is output.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show channel}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display information on a specific channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show channel <channel>
-       Shows lots of information about the specified channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show channeltypes}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List available channel types
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show channeltypes
-       Lists available channel types registered in your Asterisk server.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show channeltype}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Give more details on that channel type
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show channeltype <name>
-	Show details about the specified channel type, <name>.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show codecs}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays a list of codecs
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show codecs [audio|video|image]
-       Displays codec mapping
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show codecs audio}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays a list of audio codecs
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show codecs [audio|video|image]
-       Displays codec mapping
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show codecs image}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays a list of image codecs
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show codecs [audio|video|image]
-       Displays codec mapping
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show codecs video}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays a list of video codecs
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show codecs [audio|video|image]
-       Displays codec mapping
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show codec}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shows a specific codec
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show codec <number>
-       Displays codec mapping
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show config mappings}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display config mappings (file names to config engines)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show config mappings
-	Shows the filenames to config engines.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show file formats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays file formats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show file formats
-       Displays currently registered file formats (if any)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show file version}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List versions of files used to build Asterisk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show file version [like <pattern>]
-       Lists the revision numbers of the files used to build this copy of Asterisk.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the file list.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show functions}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shows registered dialplan functions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show functions [like <text>]
-       List builtin functions, optionally only those matching a given string
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show function}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Describe a specific dialplan function
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show function <function>
-       Describe a particular dialplan function.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show globals}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show global dialplan variables
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show globals
-       List current global dialplan variables and their values
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show hints}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show dialplan hints
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show hints
-       List registered hints
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show image formats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays image formats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show image formats
-       displays currently registered image formats (if any)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show license}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show the license(s) for this copy of Asterisk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show license
-       Shows the license(s) for this copy of Asterisk.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show profile}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display profiling info
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show settings}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show some core settings
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show switches}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show alternative switches
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show switches
-       List registered switches
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show sysinfo}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show System Information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show sysinfo
-       List current system information.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show threads}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show running threads
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show threads
-       List threads currently active in the system.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show translation}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display translation matrix
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show translation [recalc] [<recalc seconds>]
-       Displays known codec translators and the cost associated
-with each conversion.  If the argument 'recalc' is supplied along
-with optional number of seconds to test a new test will be performed
-as the chart is being displayed.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show uptime [seconds]}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show uptime information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show uptime [seconds]
-       Shows Asterisk uptime information.
-       The seconds word returns the uptime in seconds only.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show version}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display version info
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show version
-       Shows Asterisk version information.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{core show warranty}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show the warranty (if any) for this copy of Asterisk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show warranty
-       Shows the warranty (if any) for this copy of Asterisk.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database del}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Removes database key/value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: database del <family> <key>
-       Deletes an entry in the Asterisk database for a given
-family and key.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database deltree}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Removes database keytree/values
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: database deltree <family> [keytree]
-       Deletes a family or specific keytree within a family
-in the Asterisk database.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database get}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets database value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: database get <family> <key>
-       Retrieves an entry in the Asterisk database for a given
-family and key.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database put}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Adds/updates database value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: database put <family> <key> <value>
-       Adds or updates an entry in the Asterisk database for
-a given family, key, and value.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shows database contents
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: database show [family [keytree]]
-       Shows Asterisk database contents, optionally restricted
-to a given family, or family and keytree.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{database showkey}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shows database contents
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: database showkey <keytree>
-       Shows Asterisk database contents, restricted to a given key.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan add extension}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Add new extension into context
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan add extension <exten>,<priority>,<app>,<app-data>
-       into <context> [replace]
-
-       This command will add new extension into <context>. If there is an
-       existence of extension with the same priority and last 'replace'
-       arguments is given here we simply replace this extension.
-
-Example: dialplan add extension 6123,1,Dial,IAX/216.207.245.56/6123 into local
-         Now, you can dial 6123 and talk to Markster :)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan add ignorepat}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Add new ignore pattern
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan add ignorepat <pattern> into <context>
-       This command adds a new ignore pattern into context <context>
-
-Example: dialplan add ignorepat _3XX into local
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan add include}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Include context in other context
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan add include <context> into <context>
-       Include a context in another context.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload extensions and *only* extensions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan reload
-       reload extensions.conf without reloading any other modules
-       This command does not delete global variables unless
-       clearglobalvars is set to yes in extensions.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan remove extension}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Remove a specified extension
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan remove extension exten@context [priority]
-       Remove an extension from a given context. If a priority
-       is given, only that specific priority from the given extension
-       will be removed.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan remove ignorepat}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Remove ignore pattern from context
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan remove ignorepat <pattern> from <context>
-       This command removes an ignore pattern from context <context>
-
-Example: dialplan remove ignorepat _3XX from local
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan remove include}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Remove a specified include from context
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan remove include <context> from <context>
-       Remove an included context from another context.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan save}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Save dialplan
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dialplan save [/path/to/extension/file]
-       Save dialplan created by pbx_config module.
-
-Example: dialplan save                 (/etc/asterisk/extensions.conf)
-         dialplan save /home/markster  (/home/markster/extensions.conf)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dialplan show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show dialplan
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core show dialplan [exten@][context]
-       Show dialplan
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dnsmgr reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reloads the DNS manager configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dnsmgr reload
-       Reloads the DNS manager configuration.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dnsmgr status}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display the DNS manager status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dnsmgr status
-       Displays the DNS manager status.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable DUNDi debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi debug
-       Enables dumping of DUNDi packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi flush}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Flush DUNDi cache
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi flush [stats]
-       Flushes DUNDi answer cache, used primarily for debug.  If
-'stats' is present, clears timer statistics instead of normal
-operation.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi lookup}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Lookup a number in DUNDi
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi lookup <number>[@context] [bypass]
-       Lookup the given number within the given DUNDi context
-(or e164 if none is specified).  Bypasses cache if 'bypass'
-keyword is specified.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi no debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable DUNDi debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi no debug
-       Disables dumping of DUNDi packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi no store history}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable DUNDi historic records
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi no store history
-       Disables storing of DUNDi requests and times for debugging
-purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi precache}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Precache a number in DUNDi
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi precache <number>[@context]
-       Lookup the given number within the given DUNDi context
-(or e164 if none is specified) and precaches the results to any
-upstream DUNDi push servers.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi query}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Query a DUNDi EID
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi query <entity>[@context]
-       Attempts to retrieve contact information for a specific
-DUNDi entity identifier (EID) within a given DUNDi context (or
-e164 if none is specified).
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show entityid}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display Global Entity ID
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show entityid
-       Displays the global entityid for this host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show mappings}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show DUNDi mappings
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show mappings
-       Lists all known DUNDi mappings.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show peers}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show defined DUNDi peers
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show peers
-       Lists all known DUNDi peers.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show peer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show info on a specific DUNDi peer
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show peer [peer]
-       Provide a detailed description of a specifid DUNDi peer.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show precache}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show DUNDi precache
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show precache
-       Lists all known DUNDi scheduled precache updates.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show requests}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show DUNDi requests
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show requests
-       Lists all known pending DUNDi requests.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi show trans}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show active DUNDi transactions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi show trans
-       Lists all known DUNDi transactions.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{dundi store history}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable DUNDi historic records
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: dundi store history
-       Enables storing of DUNDi requests and times for debugging
-purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{feature show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Lists configured features
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: feature list
-       Lists currently configured features.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{file convert}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Convert audio file
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: file convert <file_in> <file_out>
-    Convert from file_in to file_out. If an absolute path is not given, the
-default Asterisk sounds directory will be used.
-
-Example:
-    file convert tt-weasels.gsm tt-weasels.ulaw
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{funcdevstate list}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List currently known custom device states
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: funcdevstate list
-       List all custom device states that have been set by using
-       the DEVSTATE dialplan function.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{group show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display active channels with group(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: group show channels [pattern]
-       Lists all currently active channels with channel group(s) specified.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is matched to group names for each
-       channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{gtalk reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable Jabber debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: gtalk reload
-       Reload gtalk channel driver.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{gtalk show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show GoogleTalk Channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: gtalk show channels
-       Shows current state of the Gtalk channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 cycle gk}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Manually re-register with the Gatekeper
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 gk cycle
-       Manually re-register with the Gatekeper (Currently Disabled)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 hangup}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Manually try to hang up a call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 hangup <token>
-       Manually try to hang up call identified by <token>
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload H.323 configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 reload
-       Reloads H.323 configuration from h323.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 set debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable H.323 debug
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 debug
-       Enables H.323 debug output
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 set debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable H.323 debug
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 no debug
-       Disables H.323 debug output
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 set trace}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable H.323 Stack Tracing
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 trace <level num>
-       Enables H.323 stack tracing for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 set trace off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable H.323 Stack Tracing
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 no trace
-       Disables H.323 stack tracing for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{h323 show tokens}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show all active call tokens
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: h323 show tokens
-       Print out all active call tokens
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{help}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display help list, or specific help on a command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: help [topic]
-       When called with a topic as an argument, displays usage
-       information on the given command. If called without a
-       topic, it provides a list of commands.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{http show status}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display HTTP server status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: http show status
-       Lists status of internal HTTP engine
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 provision}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Provision an IAX device
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 provision <host> <template> [forced]
-       Provisions the given peer or IP address using a template
-       matching either 'template' or '*' if the template is not
-       found.  If 'forced' is specified, even empty provisioning
-       fields will be provisioned as empty fields.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 prune realtime}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Prune a cached realtime lookup
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 prune realtime [<peername>|all]
-       Prunes object(s) from the cache
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload IAX configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 reload
-       Reloads IAX configuration from iax.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable IAX debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set debug
-       Enables dumping of IAX packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set debug jb}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable IAX jitterbuffer debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set debug jb
-       Enables jitterbuffer debugging information
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set debug jb off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable IAX jitterbuffer debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set debug jb off
-       Disables jitterbuffer debugging information
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable IAX debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set debug off
-       Disables dumping of IAX packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set debug trunk}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable IAX trunk debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set debug trunk
-       Requests current status of IAX trunking
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set debug trunk off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable IAX trunk debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set debug trunk off
-       Requests current status of IAX trunking
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 set mtu}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set the IAX systemwide trunking MTU
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 set mtu <value>
-       Set the system-wide IAX IP mtu to <value> bytes net or zero to disable.
-       Disabling means that the operating system must handle fragmentation of UDP packets
-       when the IAX2 trunk packet exceeds the UDP payload size.
-       This is substantially below the IP mtu. Try 1240 on ethernets.
-       Must be 172 or greater for G.711 samples.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show cache}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display IAX cached dialplan
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show cache
-       Display currently cached IAX Dialplan results.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List active IAX channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show channels
-       Lists all currently active IAX channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show firmware}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List available IAX firmwares
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show firmware
-       Lists all known IAX firmware images.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show netstats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List active IAX channel netstats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show netstats
-       Lists network status for all currently active IAX channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show peers}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined IAX peers
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show peers [registered] [like <pattern>]
-       Lists all known IAX2 peers.
-       Optional 'registered' argument lists only peers with known addresses.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the peer list.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show peer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show details on specific IAX peer
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show peer <name>
-       Display details on specific IAX peer
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show provisioning}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display iax provisioning
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax list provisioning [template]
-       Lists all known IAX provisioning templates or a
-       specific one if specified.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show registry}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display IAX registration status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show registry
-       Lists all registration requests and status.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show stats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display IAX statistics
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show stats
-       Display statistics on IAX channel driver.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show threads}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display IAX helper thread info
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show threads
-       Lists status of IAX helper threads
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 show users}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined IAX users
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 show users [like <pattern>]
-       Lists all known IAX2 users.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the user list.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 test losspct}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set IAX2 incoming frame loss percentage
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 test losspct <percentage>
-       For testing, throws away <percentage> percent of incoming packets
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{iax2 unregister}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unregister (force expiration) an IAX2 peer from the registry
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: iax2 unregister <peername>
-       Unregister (force expiration) an IAX2 peer from the registry.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{indication add}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Add the given indication to the country
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: indication add <country> <indication> "<tonelist>"
-       Add the given indication to the country.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{indication remove}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Remove the given indication from the country
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: indication remove <country> <indication>
-       Remove the given indication from the country.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{indication show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display a list of all countries/indications
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: indication show [<country> ...]
-       Display either a condensed for of all country/indications, or the
-       indications for the specified countries.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{jabber debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable Jabber debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: jabber debug
-       Enables dumping of Jabber packets for debugging purposes.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{jabber debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable Jabber debug
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: jabber debug off
-       Disables dumping of Jabber packets for debugging purposes.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{jabber reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload Jabber configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: jabber reload
-       Enables reloading of Jabber module.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{jabber show connected}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show state of clients and components
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: jabber debug
-       Enables dumping of Jabber packets for debugging purposes.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{jabber test}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shows roster, but is generally used for mog's debugging.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: jabber test [client]
-       Sends test message for debugging purposes.  A specific client
-       as configured in jabber.conf can be optionally specified.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{keys init}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Initialize RSA key passcodes
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: keys init
-       Initializes private keys (by reading in pass code from the user)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{keys show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Displays RSA key information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: keys show
-       Displays information about RSA keys known by Asterisk
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{local show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List status of local channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: local show channels
-       Provides summary information on active local proxy channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{logger mute}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Toggle logging output to a console
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: logger mute
-       Disables logging output to the current console, making it possible to
-       gather information without being disturbed by scrolling lines.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{logger reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reopens the log files
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: logger reload
-       Reloads the logger subsystem state.  Use after restarting syslogd(8) if you are using syslog logging.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{logger rotate}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Rotates and reopens the log files
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: logger rotate
-       Rotates and Reopens the log files.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{logger show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List configured log channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: logger show channels
-       List configured logger channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show, enable, disable debugging of the manager code
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager debug [on|off]
-	Show, enable, disable debugging of the manager code.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager dump actiondocs}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump manager action documentation in LaTeX format
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager dump actiondocs [action]
-       Dump manager action documentation to /tmp/ast_manager_actiondocs.tex.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager show command}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show a manager interface command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager show command <actionname>
-	Shows the detailed description for a specific Asterisk manager interface command.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager show commands}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List manager interface commands
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager show commands
-	Prints a listing of all the available Asterisk manager interface commands.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager show connected}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List connected manager interface users
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager show connected
-	Prints a listing of the users that are currently connected to the
-Asterisk manager interface.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager show eventq}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List manager interface queued events
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager show eventq
-	Prints a listing of all events pending in the Asterisk manger
-event queue.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager show users}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List configured manager users
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: manager show users
-       Prints a listing of all managers that are currently configured on that
- system.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{manager show user}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display information on a specific manager user
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
- Usage: manager show user <user>
-        Display all information related to the manager user specified.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{meetme}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute a command on a conference or conferee
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: meetme (un)lock|(un)mute|kick|list [concise] <confno> <usernumber>
-       Executes a command for the conference or on a conferee
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{memory show allocations}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Display outstanding memory allocations
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: memory show allocations [<file>]
-       Dumps a list of all segments of allocated memory, optionally
-limited to those from a specific file
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{memory show summary}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Summarize outstanding memory allocations
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: memory show summary [<file>]
-       Summarizes heap memory allocations by file, or optionally
-by function, if a file is specified
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{mgcp audit endpoint}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Audit specified MGCP endpoint
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: mgcp audit endpoint <endpointid>
-       Lists the capabilities of an endpoint in the MGCP (Media Gateway Control Protocol) subsystem.
-       mgcp debug MUST be on to see the results of this command.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{mgcp reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload MGCP configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: mgcp reload
-       Reloads MGCP configuration from mgcp.conf
-       Deprecated:  please use 'reload chan_mgcp.so' instead.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{mgcp set debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable MGCP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: mgcp set debug
-       Enables dumping of MGCP packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{mgcp set debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable MGCP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: mgcp set debug off
-       Disables dumping of MGCP packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{mgcp show endpoints}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined MGCP endpoints
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: mgcp show endpoints
-       Lists all endpoints known to the MGCP (Media Gateway Control Protocol) subsystem.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{minivm list accounts}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined mini-voicemail boxes
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: minivm list accounts
-       Lists all mailboxes currently set up
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{minivm list templates}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List message templates
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: minivm list templates
-       Lists message templates for e-mail, paging and IM
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{minivm list zones}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List zone message formats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: minivm list zones
-       Lists zone message formats
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{minivm reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload Mini-voicemail configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: minivm reload
-       Reload mini-voicemail configuration and reset statistics
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{minivm show settings}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show mini-voicemail general settings
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: minivm show settings
-       Display Mini-Voicemail general settings
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{minivm show stats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show some mini-voicemail statistics
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: minivm show stats
-       Display Mini-Voicemail counters
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{mixmonitor}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute a MixMonitor command.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-mixmonitor <start|stop> <chan_name> [args]
-
-The optional arguments are passed to the
-MixMonitor application when the 'start' command is used.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{module load}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Load a module by name
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: module load <module name>
-       Loads the specified module into Asterisk.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{module reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: module reload [module ...]
-       Reloads configuration files for all listed modules which support
-       reloading, or for all supported modules if none are listed.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{module show [like]}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List modules and info
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: module show [like keyword]
-       Shows Asterisk modules currently in use, and usage statistics.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{module unload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unload a module by name
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: module unload [-f|-h] <module_1> [<module_2> ... ]
-       Unloads the specified module from Asterisk. The -f
-       option causes the module to be unloaded even if it is
-       in use (may cause a crash) and the -h module causes the
-       module to be unloaded even if the module says it cannot, 
-       which almost always will cause a crash.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{moh reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Music On Hold
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Music On Hold
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{moh show classes}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List MOH classes
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Lists all MOH classes
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{moh show files}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List MOH file-based classes
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Lists all loaded file-based MOH classes and their files
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{no debug channel}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable debugging on channel(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: core set debug channel <all|channel> [off]
-       Enables/disables debugging on all or on a specific channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{odbc show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List ODBC DSN(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: odbc show [<class>]
-       List settings of a particular ODBC class.
-       or, if not specified, all classes.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{originate}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Originate a call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  There are two ways to use this command. A call can be originated between a
-channel and a specific application, or between a channel and an extension in
-the dialplan. This is similar to call files or the manager originate action.
-Calls originated with this command are given a timeout of 30 seconds.
-
-Usage1: originate <tech/data> application <appname> [appdata]
-  This will originate a call between the specified channel tech/data and the
-given application. Arguments to the application are optional. If the given
-arguments to the application include spaces, all of the arguments to the
-application need to be placed in quotation marks.
-
-Usage2: originate <tech/data> extension [exten@][context]
-  This will originate a call between the specified channel tech/data and the
-given extension. If no context is specified, the 'default' context will be
-used. If no extension is given, the 's' extension will be used.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{parkedcalls show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List currently parked calls
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: parkedcalls show
-       List currently parked calls
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{queue add member}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Add a channel to a specified queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: queue add member <channel> to <queue> [penalty <penalty>]
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{queue remove member}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Removes a channel from a specified queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: queue remove member <channel> from <queue>
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{queue show}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show status of a specified queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: queue show
-       Provides summary information on a specified queue.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{realtime load}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Used to print out RealTime variables.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: realtime load <family> <colmatch> <value>
-       Prints out a list of variables using the RealTime driver.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{realtime update}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Used to update RealTime variables.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: realtime update <family> <colmatch> <value>
-       Update a single variable using the RealTime driver.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{restart gracefully}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Restart Asterisk gracefully
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: restart gracefully
-       Causes Asterisk to stop accepting new calls and exec() itself performing a cold
-       restart when all active calls have ended.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{restart now}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Restart Asterisk immediately
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: restart now
-       Causes Asterisk to hangup all calls and exec() itself performing a cold
-       restart.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{restart when convenient}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Restart Asterisk at empty call volume
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: restart when convenient
-       Causes Asterisk to perform a cold restart when all active calls have ended.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rpt debug level}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable app_rpt debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rpt debug level {0-7}
-       Enables debug messages in app_rpt
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rpt dump}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump app_rpt structs for debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rpt dump <nodename>
-       Dumps struct debug info to log
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rpt lstats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump link statistics
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rpt lstats <nodename>
-       Dumps link statistics to console
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rpt reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload app_rpt config
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rpt reload
-       Reloads app_rpt running config parameters
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rpt restart}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Restart app_rpt
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rpt restart
-       Restarts app_rpt
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rpt stats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dump node statistics
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rpt stats <nodename>
-       Dumps node statistics to console
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtcp debug ip}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable RTCP debugging on IP
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtcp debug [ip host[:port]]
-       Enable dumping of all RTCP packets to and from host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtcp debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable RTCP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtcp debug [ip host[:port]]
-       Enable dumping of all RTCP packets to and from host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtcp debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable RTCP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtcp debug off
-       Disable all RTCP debugging
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtcp stats}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable RTCP stats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtcp stats
-       Enable dumping of RTCP stats.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtcp stats off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable RTCP stats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtcp stats off
-       Disable all RTCP stats
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtp debug ip}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable RTP debugging on IP
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtp debug [ip host[:port]]
-       Enable dumping of all RTP packets to and from host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtp debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable RTP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtp debug [ip host[:port]]
-       Enable dumping of all RTP packets to and from host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{rtp debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable RTP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: rtp debug off
-       Disable all RTP debugging
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{say load}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-set/show the say mode
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-say load new|old
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip history}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable SIP history
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip history
-       Enables recording of SIP dialog history for debugging purposes.
-Use 'sip show history' to view the history of a call number.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip history off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable SIP history
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip history off
-       Disables recording of SIP dialog history for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip notify}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send a notify packet to a SIP peer
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip notify <type> <peer> [<peer>...]
-       Send a NOTIFY message to a SIP peer or peers
-       Message types are defined in sip_notify.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip prune realtime}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Prune cached Realtime object(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip prune realtime [peer|user] [<name>|all|like <pattern>]
-       Prunes object(s) from the cache.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the objects.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip prune realtime peer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Prune cached Realtime peer(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip prune realtime [peer|user] [<name>|all|like <pattern>]
-       Prunes object(s) from the cache.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the objects.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip prune realtime user}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Prune cached Realtime user(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip prune realtime [peer|user] [<name>|all|like <pattern>]
-       Prunes object(s) from the cache.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the objects.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip reload}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reload SIP configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip reload
-       Reloads SIP configuration from sip.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip set debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable SIP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip set debug {on|off|ip <host[:PORT]>|peer <peername>}
-       sip set debug on
-          Enables dumping of all SIP messages for debugging purposes
-
-       sip set debug off
-          Disables dumping of all SIP messages
-
-       sip set debug ip <host[:PORT]>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from host.
-
-       sip set debug peer <peername>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from peer's IP.
-          Requires peer to be registered.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip set debug ip}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable SIP debugging on IP
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip set debug {on|off|ip <host[:PORT]>|peer <peername>}
-       sip set debug on
-          Enables dumping of all SIP messages for debugging purposes
-
-       sip set debug off
-          Disables dumping of all SIP messages
-
-       sip set debug ip <host[:PORT]>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from host.
-
-       sip set debug peer <peername>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from peer's IP.
-          Requires peer to be registered.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip set debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable SIP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip set debug off
-       Disables dumping of SIP packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip set debug on}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable SIP debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip set debug {on|off|ip <host[:PORT]>|peer <peername>}
-       sip set debug on
-          Enables dumping of all SIP messages for debugging purposes
-
-       sip set debug off
-          Disables dumping of all SIP messages
-
-       sip set debug ip <host[:PORT]>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from host.
-
-       sip set debug peer <peername>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from peer's IP.
-          Requires peer to be registered.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip set debug peer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable SIP debugging on Peername
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip set debug {on|off|ip <host[:PORT]>|peer <peername>}
-       sip set debug on
-          Enables dumping of all SIP messages for debugging purposes
-
-       sip set debug off
-          Disables dumping of all SIP messages
-
-       sip set debug ip <host[:PORT]>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from host.
-
-       sip set debug peer <peername>
-          Enables dumping of SIP messages to and from peer's IP.
-          Requires peer to be registered.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List active SIP channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show channels
-       Lists all currently active SIP channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show channel}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show detailed SIP channel info
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show channel <channel>
-       Provides detailed status on a given SIP channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show domains}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List our local SIP domains.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show domains
-       Lists all configured SIP local domains.
-       Asterisk only responds to SIP messages to local domains.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show history}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show SIP dialog history
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show history <channel>
-       Provides detailed dialog history on a given SIP channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show inuse}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List all inuse/limits
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show inuse [all]
-       List all SIP users and peers usage counters and limits.
-       Add option "all" to show all devices, not only those with a limit.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show objects}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List all SIP object allocations
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show objects
-       Lists status of known SIP objects
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show peers}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined SIP peers
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show peers [like <pattern>]
-       Lists all known SIP peers.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the peer list.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show peer}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show details on specific SIP peer
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show peer <name> [load]
-       Shows all details on one SIP peer and the current status.
-       Option "load" forces lookup of peer in realtime storage.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show registry}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List SIP registration status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show registry
-       Lists all registration requests and status.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show settings}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show SIP global settings
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show settings
-       Provides detailed list of the configuration of the SIP channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show subscriptions}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List active SIP subscriptions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show subscriptions
-       Lists active SIP subscriptions for extension states
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show users}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined SIP users
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show users [like <pattern>]
-       Lists all known SIP users.
-       Optional regular expression pattern is used to filter the user list.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip show user}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show details on specific SIP user
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip show user <name> [load]
-       Shows all details on one SIP user and the current status.
-       Option "load" forces lookup of peer in realtime storage.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sip unregister}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unregister (force expiration) a SIP peer from the registery
-
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sip unregister <peer>
-       Unregister (force expiration) a SIP peer from the registry
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{skinny reset}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reset Skinny device(s)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: skinny reset <DeviceId|all> [restart]
-       Causes a Skinny device to reset itself, optionally with a full restart
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{skinny set debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable Skinny debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: skinny set debug
-       Enables dumping of Skinny packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{skinny set debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable Skinny debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: skinny set debug off
-       Disables dumping of Skinny packets for debugging purposes
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{skinny show devices}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined Skinny devices
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: skinny show devices
-       Lists all devices known to the Skinny subsystem.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{skinny show lines}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined Skinny lines per device
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: skinny show lines
-       Lists all lines known to the Skinny subsystem.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sla show stations}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show SLA Stations
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sla show stations
-       This will list all stations defined in sla.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{sla show trunks}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show SLA Trunks
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: sla show trunks
-       This will list all trunks defined in sla.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{soft hangup}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Request a hangup on a given channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: soft hangup <channel>
-       Request that a channel be hung up. The hangup takes effect
-       the next time the driver reads or writes from the channel
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{stop gracefully}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gracefully shut down Asterisk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: stop gracefully
-       Causes Asterisk to not accept new calls, and exit when all
-       active calls have terminated normally.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{stop now}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shut down Asterisk immediately
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: stop now
-       Shuts down a running Asterisk immediately, hanging up all active calls .
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{stop when convenient}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Shut down Asterisk at empty call volume
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: stop when convenient
-       Causes Asterisk to perform a shutdown when all active calls have ended.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{stun debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable STUN debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: stun debug
-       Enable STUN (Simple Traversal of UDP through NATs) debugging
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{stun debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable STUN debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: stun debug off
-       Disable STUN debugging
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{udptl debug}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable UDPTL debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: udptl debug [ip host[:port]]
-       Enable dumping of all UDPTL packets to and from host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{udptl debug ip}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Enable UDPTL debugging on IP
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: udptl debug [ip host[:port]]
-       Enable dumping of all UDPTL packets to and from host.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{udptl debug off}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Disable UDPTL debugging
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: udptl debug off
-       Disable all UDPTL debugging
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ulimit}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set or show process resource limits
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: ulimit {-d|-l|-f|-m|-s|-t|-u|-v|-c|-n} [<num>]
-       Shows or sets the corresponding resource limit.
-         -d  Process data segment [readonly]
-         -l  Memory lock size [readonly]
-         -f  File size
-         -m  Process resident memory [readonly]
-         -s  Process stack size [readonly]
-         -t  CPU usage [readonly]
-         -u  Child processes
-         -v  Process virtual memory [readonly]
-         -c  Core dump file size
-         -n  Number of file descriptors
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{voicemail show users}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List defined voicemail boxes
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: voicemail show users [for <context>]
-       Lists all mailboxes currently set up
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{voicemail show zones}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List zone message formats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: voicemail show zones
-       Lists zone message formats
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap destroy channel}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Destroy a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap destroy channel <chan num>
-	DON'T USE THIS UNLESS YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE DOING.  Immediately removes a given channel, whether it is in use or not
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap restart}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Fully restart zaptel channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap restart
-	Restarts the zaptel channels: destroys them all and then
-	re-reads them from zapata.conf.
-	Note that this will STOP any running CALL on zaptel channels.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap show cadences}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List cadences
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap show cadences
-       Shows all cadences currently defined
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap show channels}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show active zapata channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap show channels [ trunkgroup <trunkgroup> | group <group> | context <context> ]
-	Shows a list of available channels with optional filtering
-	<group> must be a number between 0 and 63
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap show channel}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show information on a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap show channel <chan num>
-	Detailed information about a given channel
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap show status}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show all Zaptel cards status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap show status
-       Shows a list of Zaptel cards with status
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{zap show version}
-\subsection{Summary}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show the Zaptel version in use
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Usage}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Usage: zap show version
-       Shows the Zaptel version in use
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
diff --git a/doc/tex/ast_funcdocs.tex b/doc/tex/ast_funcdocs.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 280308b252..0000000000
--- a/doc/tex/ast_funcdocs.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1704 +0,0 @@
-% This file is automatically generated by the "core dump funcdocs" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.
-\section{AGENT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-AGENT(<agentid>[:item])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets information about an Agent
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-The valid items to retrieve are:
-- status (default)      The status of the agent
-                          LOGGEDIN | LOGGEDOUT
-- password              The password of the agent
-- name                  The name of the agent
-- mohclass              MusicOnHold class
-- exten                 The callback extension for the Agent (AgentCallbackLogin)
-- channel               The name of the active channel for the Agent (AgentLogin)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ARRAY}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ARRAY(var1[|var2[...][|varN]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Allows setting multiple variables at once
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-The comma-separated list passed as a value to which the function is set will
-be interpreted as a set of values to which the comma-separated list of
-variable names in the argument should be set.
-Hence, Set(ARRAY(var1|var2)=1\,2) will set var1 to 1 and var2 to 2
-Note: remember to either backslash your commas in extensions.conf or quote the
-entire argument, since Set can take multiple arguments itself.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{BASE64\_DECODE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-BASE64_DECODE(<base64_string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Decode a base64 string
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the plain text string
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{BASE64\_ENCODE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-BASE64_ENCODE(<string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Encode a string in base64
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the base64 string
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{BLACKLIST}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-BLACKLIST()
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check if the callerid is on the blacklist
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Uses astdb to check if the Caller*ID is in family 'blacklist'.  Returns 1 or 0.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CALLERID}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CALLERID(datatype[,<optional-CID>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets Caller*ID data on the channel.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets Caller*ID data on the channel.  The allowable datatypes
-are "all", "name", "num", "ANI", "DNID", "RDNIS", "pres",
-and "ton".
-Uses channel callerid by default or optional callerid, if specified.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CALLERPRES}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CALLERPRES()
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets Caller*ID presentation on the channel.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets Caller*ID presentation on the channel.  The following values
-are valid:
-      allowed_not_screened    : Presentation Allowed, Not Screened
-      allowed_passed_screen   : Presentation Allowed, Passed Screen
-      allowed_failed_screen   : Presentation Allowed, Failed Screen
-      allowed                 : Presentation Allowed, Network Number
-      prohib_not_screened     : Presentation Prohibited, Not Screened
-      prohib_passed_screen    : Presentation Prohibited, Passed Screen
-      prohib_failed_screen    : Presentation Prohibited, Failed Screen
-      prohib                  : Presentation Prohibited, Network Number
-      unavailable             : Number Unavailable
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CDR}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CDR(<name>[|options])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets a CDR variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Options:
-  'r' searches the entire stack of CDRs on the channel
-  'u' retrieves the raw, unprocessed value
-  For example, 'start', 'answer', and 'end' will be retrieved as epoch
-  values, when the 'u' option is passed, but formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
-  otherwise.  Similarly, disposition and amaflags will return their raw
-  integral values.
-  Here is a list of all the available cdr field names:
-    clid          lastdata       disposition
-    src           start          amaflags
-    dst           answer         accountcode
-    dcontext      end            uniqueid
-    dstchannel    duration       userfield
-    lastapp       billsec        channel
-  All of the above variables are read-only, except for accountcode,
-  userfield, and amaflags. You may, however,  supply
-  a name not on the above list, and create your own
-  variable, whose value can be changed with this function,
-  and this variable will be stored on the cdr.
-   raw values for disposition:
-       1 = NO ANSWER
-	2 = BUSY
-	3 = FAILED
-	4 = ANSWERED
-    raw values for amaflags:
-       1 = OMIT
-       2 = BILLING
-       3 = DOCUMENTATION
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CHANNEL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CHANNEL(item)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets/sets various pieces of information about the channel.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets/set various pieces of information about the channel.
-Standard items (provided by all channel technologies) are:
-R/O	audioreadformat    format currently being read
-R/O	audionativeformat  format used natively for audio
-R/O	audiowriteformat   format currently being written
-R/W	callgroup          call groups for call pickup
-R/O	channeltype        technology used for channel
-R/W	language           language for sounds played
-R/W	musicclass         class (from musiconhold.conf) for hold music
-R/W	rxgain             set rxgain level on channel drivers that support it
-R/O	state              state for channel
-R/W	tonezone           zone for indications played
-R/W	txgain             set txgain level on channel drivers that support it
-R/O	videonativeformat  format used natively for video
-
-chan_sip provides the following additional options:
-R/O    rtpqos             Get QOS information about the RTP stream
-       This option takes two additional arguments:
-  Argument 1:
-    audio                 Get data about the audio stream
-    video                 Get data about the video stream
-    text                  Get data about the text stream
-  Argument 2:
-    local_ssrc            Local SSRC (stream ID)
-    local_lostpackets     Local lost packets
-    local_jitter          Local calculated jitter
-    local_count           Number of received packets
-    remote_ssrc           Remote SSRC (stream ID)
-    remote_lostpackets    Remote lost packets
-    remote_jitter         Remote reported jitter
-    remote_count          Number of transmitted packets
-    rtt                   Round trip time
-    all                   All statistics (in a form suited to logging, but not for parsing)
-R/O    rtpdest            Get remote RTP destination information
-       This option takes one additional argument:
-  Argument 1:
-    audio                 Get audio destination
-    video                 Get video destination
-
-chan_iax2 provides the following additional options:
-R/W    osptoken           Get or set the OSP token information for a call
-
-Additional items may be available from the channel driver providing
-the channel; see its documentation for details.
-
-Any item requested that is not available on the current channel will
-return an empty string.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CHECKSIPDOMAIN}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CHECKSIPDOMAIN(<domain|IP>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Checks if domain is a local domain
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function checks if the domain in the argument is configured
-as a local SIP domain that this Asterisk server is configured to handle.
-Returns the domain name if it is locally handled, otherwise an empty string.
-Check the domain= configuration in sip.conf
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CURL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CURL(url[|post-data])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Retrieves the contents of a URL
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  url       - URL to retrieve
-  post-data - Optional data to send as a POST (GET is default action)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CUT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-CUT(<varname>,<char-delim>,<range-spec>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Slices and dices strings, based upon a named delimiter.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  varname    - variable you want cut
-  char-delim - defaults to '-'
-  range-spec - number of the field you want (1-based offset)
-             may also be specified as a range (with -)
-             or group of ranges and fields (with &)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DB}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DB(<family>/<key>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Read from or write to the Asterisk database
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function will read from or write a value to the Asterisk database.  On a
-read, this function returns the corresponding value from the database, or blank
-if it does not exist.  Reading a database value will also set the variable
-DB_RESULT.  If you wish to find out if an entry exists, use the DB_EXISTS
-function.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DB\_DELETE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DB_DELETE(<family>/<key>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Return a value from the database and delete it
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function will retrieve a value from the Asterisk database
- and then remove that key from the database.  DB_RESULT
-will be set to the key's value if it exists.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DB\_EXISTS}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DB_EXISTS(<family>/<key>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check to see if a key exists in the Asterisk database
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function will check to see if a key exists in the Asterisk
-database. If it exists, the function will return "1". If not,
-it will return "0".  Checking for existence of a database key will
-also set the variable DB_RESULT to the key's value if it exists.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DEVSTATE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DEVSTATE(device)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Get or Set a device state
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  The DEVSTATE function can be used to retrieve the device state from any
-device state provider.  For example:
-   NoOp(SIP/mypeer has state ${DEVSTATE(SIP/mypeer)})
-   NoOp(Conference number 1234 has state ${DEVSTATE(MeetMe:1234)})
-
-  The DEVSTATE function can also be used to set custom device state from
-the dialplan.  The "Custom:" prefix must be used.  For example:
-  Set(DEVSTATE(Custom:lamp1)=BUSY)
-  Set(DEVSTATE(Custom:lamp2)=NOT_INUSE)
-You can subscribe to the status of a custom device state using a hint in
-the dialplan:
-  exten => 1234,hint,Custom:lamp1
-
-  The possible values for both uses of this function are:
-UNKNOWN | NOT_INUSE | INUSE | BUSY | INVALID | UNAVAILABLE | RINGING
-RINGINUSE | ONHOLD
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DUNDILOOKUP}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DUNDILOOKUP(number[|context[|options]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Do a DUNDi lookup of a phone number.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This will do a DUNDi lookup of the given phone number.
-If no context is given, the default will be e164. The result of
-this function will return the Technology/Resource found in the first result
-in the DUNDi lookup. If no results were found, the result will be blank.
-If the 'b' option is specified, the internal DUNDi cache will
-be bypassed.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DUNDIQUERY}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DUNDIQUERY(number[|context[|options]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Initiate a DUNDi query.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This will do a DUNDi lookup of the given phone number.
-If no context is given, the default will be e164. The result of
-this function will be a numeric ID that can be used to retrieve
-the results with the DUNDIRESULT function. If the 'b' option is
-is specified, the internal DUNDi cache will be bypassed.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DUNDIRESULT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-DUNDIRESULT(id|resultnum)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Retrieve results from a DUNDIQUERY
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function will retrieve results from a previous use
-of the DUNDIQUERY function.
-  id - This argument is the identifier returned by the DUNDIQUERY function.
-  resultnum - This is the number of the result that you want to retrieve.
-       Results start at 1.  If this argument is specified as "getnum",
-       then it will return the total number of results that are available.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ENUMLOOKUP}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ENUMLOOKUP(number[|Method-type[|options[|record#[|zone-suffix]]]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-General or specific querying of NAPTR records for ENUM or ENUM-like DNS pointers
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Option 'c' returns an integer count of the number of NAPTRs of a certain RR type.
-Combination of 'c' and Method-type of 'ALL' will return a count of all NAPTRs for the record.
-Defaults are: Method-type=sip, no options, record=1, zone-suffix=e164.arpa
-
-For more information, see doc/asterisk.pdf
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ENUMQUERY}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ENUMQUERY(number[|Method-type[|zone-suffix]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Initiate an ENUM query
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This will do a ENUM lookup of the given phone number.
-If no method-tpye is given, the default will be sip. If no
-zone-suffix is given, the default will be "e164.arpa".
-The result of this function will be a numeric ID that can
-be used to retrieve the results using the ENUMRESULT function.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ENUMRESULT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ENUMRESULT(id|resultnum)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Retrieve results from a ENUMQUERY
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function will retrieve results from a previous use
-of the ENUMQUERY function.
-  id - This argument is the identifier returned by the ENUMQUERY function.
-  resultnum - This is the number of the result that you want to retrieve.
-       Results start at 1.  If this argument is specified as "getnum",
-       then it will return the total number of results that are available.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ENV}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ENV(<envname>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets the environment variable specified
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{EVAL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-EVAL(<variable>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Evaluate stored variables.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Using EVAL basically causes a string to be evaluated twice.
-When a variable or expression is in the dialplan, it will be
-evaluated at runtime. However, if the result of the evaluation
-is in fact a variable or expression, using EVAL will have it
-evaluated a second time. For example, if the variable ${MYVAR}
-contains "${OTHERVAR}", then the result of putting ${EVAL(${MYVAR})}
-in the dialplan will be the contents of the variable, OTHERVAR.
-Normally, by just putting ${MYVAR} in the dialplan, you would be
-left with "${OTHERVAR}".
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{EXISTS}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-EXISTS(<data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Existence Test: Returns 1 if exists, 0 otherwise
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{FIELDQTY}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-FIELDQTY(<varname>|<delim>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Count the fields, with an arbitrary delimiter
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{FILTER}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-FILTER(<allowed-chars>|<string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Filter the string to include only the allowed characters
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GLOBAL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-GLOBAL(<varname>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets the global variable specified
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GROUP}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-GROUP([category])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets the channel group.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets the channel group.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GROUP\_COUNT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-GROUP_COUNT([groupname][@category])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Counts the number of channels in the specified group
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Calculates the group count for the specified group, or uses the
-channel's current group if not specifed (and non-empty).
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GROUP\_LIST}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-GROUP_LIST()
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets a list of the groups set on a channel.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets a list of the groups set on a channel.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GROUP\_MATCH\_COUNT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-GROUP_MATCH_COUNT(groupmatch[@category])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Counts the number of channels in the groups matching the specified pattern
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Calculates the group count for all groups that match the specified pattern.
-Uses standard regular expression matching (see regex(7)).
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{HASH}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-HASH(hashname[|hashkey])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Implementation of a dialplan associative array
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-In two argument mode, gets and sets values to corresponding keys within a named
-associative array.  The single-argument mode will only work when assigned to from
-a function defined by func_odbc.so.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{HASHKEYS}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-HASHKEYS(<hashname>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Retrieve the keys of a HASH()
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns a comma-delimited list of the current keys of an associative array
-defined by the HASH() function.  Note that if you iterate over the keys of
-the result, adding keys during iteration will cause the result of the HASHKEYS
-function to change.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IAXPEER}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-IAXPEER(<peername|CURRENTCHANNEL>[|item])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets IAX peer information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-If peername specified, valid items are:
-- ip (default)          The IP address.
-- status                The peer's status (if qualify=yes)
-- mailbox               The configured mailbox.
-- context               The configured context.
-- expire                The epoch time of the next expire.
-- dynamic               Is it dynamic? (yes/no).
-- callerid_name         The configured Caller ID name.
-- callerid_num          The configured Caller ID number.
-- codecs                The configured codecs.
-- codec[x]              Preferred codec index number 'x' (beginning with zero).
-
-If CURRENTCHANNEL specified, returns IP address of current channel
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IAXVAR}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-IAXVAR(<varname>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets or retrieves a remote variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ICONV}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ICONV(in-charset,out-charset,string)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Converts charsets of strings.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Converts string from in-charset into out-charset.  For available charsets,
-use 'iconv -l' on your shell command line.
-Note: due to limitations within the API, ICONV will not currently work with
-charsets with embedded NULLs.  If found, the string will terminate.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IF}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-IF(<expr>?[<true>][:<false>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Conditional: Returns the data following '?' if true else the data following ':'
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IFMODULE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-IFMODULE(<modulename.so>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Checks if an Asterisk module is loaded in memory
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Checks if a module is loaded. Use the full module name
-as shown by the list in "module list". 
-Returns "1" if module exists in memory, otherwise "0".
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IFTIME}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-IFTIME(<timespec>?[<true>][:<false>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Temporal Conditional: Returns the data following '?' if true else the data following ':'
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ISNULL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ISNULL(<data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-NULL Test: Returns 1 if NULL or 0 otherwise
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{KEYPADHASH}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-KEYPADHASH(<string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Hash the letters in the string into the equivalent keypad numbers.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Example:  ${KEYPADHASH(Les)} returns "537"
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{LEN}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-LEN(<string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the length of the argument given
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{LOCAL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-LOCAL(<varname>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Variables local to the gosub stack frame
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MAILBOX\_EXISTS}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MAILBOX_EXISTS(<vmbox>[@<context>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Tell if a mailbox is configured
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns a boolean of whether the corresponding mailbox exists.  If context
-is not specified, defaults to the "default" context.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MATH}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MATH(<number1><op><number2>[,<type_of_result>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Performs Mathematical Functions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Perform calculation on number1 to number2. Valid ops are: 
-    +,-,/,*,%,<<,>>,^,AND,OR,XOR,<,>,>=,<=,==
-and behave as their C equivalents.
-<type_of_result> - wanted type of result:
-	f, float - float(default)
-	i, int - integer,
-	h, hex - hex,
-	c, char - char
-Example: Set(i=${MATH(123%16,int)}) - sets var i=11
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MD5}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MD5(<data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Computes an MD5 digest
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MINIVMACCOUNT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MINIVMACCOUNT(<account>:item)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets MiniVoicemail account information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Valid items are:
-- path           Path to account mailbox (if account exists, otherwise temporary mailbox)
-- hasaccount     1 if static Minivm account exists, 0 otherwise
-- fullname       Full name of account owner
-- email          Email address used for account
-- etemplate      E-mail template for account (default template if none is configured)
-- ptemplate      Pager template for account (default template if none is configured)
-- accountcode    Account code for voicemail account
-- pincode        Pin code for voicemail account
-- timezone       Time zone for voicemail account
-- language       Language for voicemail account
-- <channel variable name> Channel variable value (set in configuration for account)
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MINIVMCOUNTER}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-MINIVMCOUNTER(<account>:name[:operand])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Reads or sets counters for MiniVoicemail message
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Valid operands for changing the value of a counter when assigning a value are:
-- i   Increment by value
-- d   Decrement by value
-- s   Set to value
-
-The counters never goes below zero.
-- The name of the counter is a string, up to 10 characters
-- If account is given and it exists, the counter is specific for the account
-- If account is a domain and the domain directory exists, counters are specific for a domain
-The operation is atomic and the counter is locked while changing the value
-
-The counters are stored as text files in the minivm account directories. It might be better to use
-realtime functions if you are using a database to operate your Asterisk
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ODBC\_ANTIGF}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ODBC_ANTIGF(<arg1>[...[,<argN>]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Runs the referenced query with the specified arguments
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Runs the following query, as defined in func_odbc.conf, performing
-substitution of the arguments into the query as specified by ${ARG1},
-${ARG2}, ... ${ARGn}.  This function may only be read, not set.
-
-SQL:
-SELECT COUNT(*) FROM exgirlfriends WHERE callerid='${SQL_ESC(${ARG1})}'
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ODBC\_FETCH}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ODBC_FETCH(<result-id>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Fetch a row from a multirow query
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-For queries which are marked as mode=multirow, the original query returns a
-result-id from which results may be fetched.  This function implements the
-actual fetch of the results.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ODBC\_PRESENCE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ODBC_PRESENCE(<arg1>[...[,<argN>]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Runs the referenced query with the specified arguments
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Runs the following query, as defined in func_odbc.conf, performing
-substitution of the arguments into the query as specified by ${ARG1},
-${ARG2}, ... ${ARGn}.  When setting the function, the values are provided
-either in whole as ${VALUE} or parsed as ${VAL1}, ${VAL2}, ... ${VALn}.
-
-Read:
-SELECT location FROM presence WHERE id='${SQL_ESC(${ARG1})}'
-
-Write:
-UPDATE presence SET location='${SQL_ESC(${VAL1})}' WHERE id='${SQL_ESC(${ARG1})}'
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ODBC\_SQL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-ODBC_SQL(<arg1>[...[,<argN>]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Runs the referenced query with the specified arguments
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Runs the following query, as defined in func_odbc.conf, performing
-substitution of the arguments into the query as specified by ${ARG1},
-${ARG2}, ... ${ARGn}.  This function may only be read, not set.
-
-SQL:
-${ARG1}
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QUEUE\_MEMBER\_COUNT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-QUEUE_MEMBER_COUNT(<queuename>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Count number of members answering a queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the number of members currently associated with the specified queue.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QUEUE\_MEMBER\_LIST}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-QUEUE_MEMBER_LIST(<queuename>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns a list of interfaces on a queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns a comma-separated list of members associated with the specified queue.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QUEUE\_VARIABLES}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-QUEUE_VARIABLES(<queuename>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Return Queue information in variables
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Makes the following queue variables available.
-QUEUEMAX maxmimum number of calls allowed
-QUEUESTRATEGY the strategy of the queue
-QUEUECALLS number of calls currently in the queue
-QUEUEHOLDTIME current average hold time
-QUEUECOMPLETED number of completed calls for the queue
-QUEUEABANDONED number of abandoned calls
-QUEUESRVLEVEL queue service level
-QUEUESRVLEVELPERF current service level performance
-Returns 0 if queue is found and setqueuevar is defined, -1 otherwise
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QUEUE\_WAITING\_COUNT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-QUEUE_WAITING_COUNT(<queuename>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Count number of calls currently waiting in a queue
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the number of callers currently waiting in the specified queue.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QUOTE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-QUOTE(<string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Quotes a given string, escaping embedded quotes as necessary
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{RAND}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-RAND([min][|max])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Choose a random number in a range
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Choose a random number between min and max.  Min defaults to 0, if not
-specified, while max defaults to RAND_MAX (2147483647 on many systems).
-  Example:  Set(junky=${RAND(1|8)}); 
-  Sets junky to a random number between 1 and 8, inclusive.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{REALTIME}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-REALTIME(family|fieldmatch[|value[|delim1[|delim2]]]) on read
-REALTIME(family|fieldmatch|value|field) on write
-
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-RealTime Read/Write Functions
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function will read or write values from/to a RealTime repository.
-REALTIME(....) will read names/values from the repository, and 
-REALTIME(....)= will write a new value/field to the repository. On a
-read, this function returns a delimited text string. The name/value 
-pairs are delimited by delim1, and the name and value are delimited 
-between each other with delim2. The default for delim1 is '|' and   
-the default for delim2 is '='. If there is no match, NULL will be   
-returned by the function. On a write, this function will always     
-return NULL. 
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{REGEX}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-REGEX("<regular expression>" <data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Regular Expression
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns 1 if data matches regular expression, or 0 otherwise.
-Please note that the space following the double quotes separating the regex from the data
-is optional and if present, is skipped. If a space is desired at the beginning of the data,
-then put two spaces there; the second will not be skipped.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SET}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SET(<varname>=[<value>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SET assigns a value to a channel variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SHA1}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SHA1(<data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Computes a SHA1 digest
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Generate a SHA1 digest via the SHA1 algorythm.
- Example:  Set(sha1hash=${SHA1(junky)})
- Sets the asterisk variable sha1hash to the string '60fa5675b9303eb62f99a9cd47f9f5837d18f9a0'
- which is known as his hash
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SHELL}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SHELL(<command>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Executes a command as if you were at a shell.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the value from a system command
-  Example:  Set(foo=${SHELL(echo "bar")})
-  Note:  When using the SHELL() dialplan function, your "SHELL" is /bin/sh,
-  which may differ as to the underlying shell, depending upon your production
-  platform.  Also keep in mind that if you are using a common path, you should
-  be mindful of race conditions that could result from two calls running
-  SHELL() simultaneously.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIP\_HEADER}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SIP_HEADER(<name>[,<number>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the specified SIP header
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Since there are several headers (such as Via) which can occur multiple
-times, SIP_HEADER takes an optional second argument to specify which header with
-that name to retrieve. Headers start at offset 1.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIPCHANINFO}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SIPCHANINFO(item)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the specified SIP parameter from the current channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Valid items are:
-- peerip                The IP address of the peer.
-- recvip                The source IP address of the peer.
-- from                  The URI from the From: header.
-- uri                   The URI from the Contact: header.
-- useragent             The useragent.
-- peername              The name of the peer.
-- t38passthrough        1 if T38 is offered or enabled in this channel, otherwise 0
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIPPEER}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SIPPEER(<peername>[|item])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets SIP peer information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Valid items are:
-- ip (default)          The IP address.
-- port                  The port number
-- mailbox               The configured mailbox.
-- context               The configured context.
-- expire                The epoch time of the next expire.
-- dynamic               Is it dynamic? (yes/no).
-- callerid_name         The configured Caller ID name.
-- callerid_num          The configured Caller ID number.
-- callgroup             The configured Callgroup.
-- pickupgroup           The configured Pickupgroup.
-- codecs                The configured codecs.
-- status                Status (if qualify=yes).
-- regexten              Registration extension
-- limit                 Call limit (call-limit)
-- curcalls              Current amount of calls 
-                        Only available if call-limit is set
-- language              Default language for peer
-- accountcode           Account code for this peer
-- useragent             Current user agent id for peer
-- codec[x]              Preferred codec index number 'x' (beginning with zero).
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SORT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SORT(key1:val1[...][,keyN:valN])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sorts a list of key/vals into a list of keys, based upon the vals
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Takes a comma-separated list of keys and values, each separated by a colon, and returns a
-comma-separated list of the keys, sorted by their values.  Values will be evaluated as
-floating-point numbers.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPEECH}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPEECH(argument)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets information about speech recognition results.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets information about speech recognition results.
-status:   Returns 1 upon speech object existing, or 0 if not
-spoke:  Returns 1 if spoker spoke, or 0 if not
-results:  Returns number of results that were recognized
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPEECH\_ENGINE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPEECH_ENGINE(name)=value
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Change a speech engine specific attribute.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Changes a speech engine specific attribute.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPEECH\_GRAMMAR}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPEECH_GRAMMAR([nbest number/]result number)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the matched grammar of a result if available.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the matched grammar of a result if available.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPEECH\_RESULTS\_TYPE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPEECH_RESULTS_TYPE()=results type
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets the type of results that will be returned.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets the type of results that will be returned. Valid options are normal or nbest.
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPEECH\_SCORE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPEECH_SCORE([nbest number/]result number)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the confidence score of a result.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the confidence score of a result.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPEECH\_TEXT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPEECH_TEXT([nbest number/]result number)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the recognized text of a result.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets the recognized text of a result.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SPRINTF}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SPRINTF(<format>|<arg1>[|...<argN>])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Format a variable according to a format string
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Parses the format string specified and returns a string matching that format.
-Supports most options supported by sprintf(3).  Returns a shortened string if
-a format specifier is not recognized.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SQL\_ESC}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-SQL_ESC(<string>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Escapes single ticks for use in SQL statements
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Used in SQL templates to escape data which may contain single ticks (') which
-are otherwise used to delimit data.  For example:
-SELECT foo FROM bar WHERE baz='${SQL_ESC(${ARG1})}'
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{STAT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-STAT(<flag>,<filename>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Does a check on the specified file
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-flag may be one of the following:
-  d - Checks if the file is a directory
-  e - Checks if the file exists
-  f - Checks if the file is a regular file
-  m - Returns the file mode (in octal)
-  s - Returns the size (in bytes) of the file
-  A - Returns the epoch at which the file was last accessed
-  C - Returns the epoch at which the inode was last changed
-  M - Returns the epoch at which the file was last modified
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{STRFTIME}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-STRFTIME([<epoch>][|[timezone][|format]])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the current date/time in a specified format.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{STRPTIME}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-STRPTIME(<datetime>|<timezone>|<format>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Returns the epoch of the arbitrary date/time string structured as described in the format.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This is useful for converting a date into an EPOCH time, possibly to pass to
-an application like SayUnixTime or to calculate the difference between two
-date strings.
-
-Example:
-  ${STRPTIME(2006-03-01 07:30:35|America/Chicago|%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S)} returns 1141219835
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{TIMEOUT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-TIMEOUT(timeouttype)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets timeouts on the channel. Timeout values are in seconds.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets or sets various channel timeouts. The timeouts that can be
-manipulated are:
-
-absolute: The absolute maximum amount of time permitted for a call.  A
-	   setting of 0 disables the timeout.
-
-digit:    The maximum amount of time permitted between digits when the
-          user is typing in an extension.  When this timeout expires,
-          after the user has started to type in an extension, the
-          extension will be considered complete, and will be
-          interpreted.  Note that if an extension typed in is valid,
-          it will not have to timeout to be tested, so typically at
-          the expiry of this timeout, the extension will be considered
-          invalid (and thus control would be passed to the 'i'
-          extension, or if it doesn't exist the call would be
-          terminated).  The default timeout is 5 seconds.
-
-response: The maximum amount of time permitted after falling through a
-	   series of priorities for a channel in which the user may
-	   begin typing an extension.  If the user does not type an
-	   extension in this amount of time, control will pass to the
-	   't' extension if it exists, and if not the call would be
-	   terminated.  The default timeout is 10 seconds.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{TXTCIDNAME}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-TXTCIDNAME(<number>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-TXTCIDNAME looks up a caller name via DNS
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-This function looks up the given phone number in DNS to retrieve
-the caller id name.  The result will either be blank or be the value
-found in the TXT record in DNS.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{URIDECODE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-URIDECODE(<data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Decodes a URI-encoded string according to RFC 2396.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{URIENCODE}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-URIENCODE(<data>)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Encodes a string to URI-safe encoding according to RFC 2396.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{VERSION}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-VERSION([info])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Return the Version info for this Asterisk
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-If there are no arguments, return the version of Asterisk in this format: SVN-branch-1.4-r44830M
-If the argument is 'ASTERISK_VERSION_NUM', a string of digits is returned (right now fixed at 999999).
-If the argument is 'BUILD_USER', the string representing the user's name whose account was used to configure Asterisk, is returned.
-If the argument is 'BUILD_HOSTNAME', the string representing the name of the host on which Asterisk was configured, is returned.
-If the argument is 'BUILD_MACHINE', the string representing the type of machine on which Asterisk was configured, is returned.
-If the argument is 'BUILD_OS', the string representing the OS of the machine on which Asterisk was configured, is returned.
-If the argument is 'BUILD_DATE', the string representing the date on which Asterisk was configured, is returned.
-If the argument is 'BUILD_KERNEL', the string representing the kernel version of the machine on which Asterisk was configured, is returned .
-  Example:  Set(junky=${VERSION()}; 
-  Sets junky to the string 'SVN-branch-1.6-r74830M', or possibly, 'SVN-trunk-r45126M'.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{VMCOUNT}
-\subsection{Syntax}
-\begin{verbatim}
-VMCOUNT(vmbox[@context][|folder])
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Counts the voicemail in a specified mailbox
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-  context - defaults to "default"
-  folder  - defaults to "INBOX"
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
diff --git a/doc/tex/ast_manager_actiondocs.tex b/doc/tex/ast_manager_actiondocs.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c08c2055a..0000000000
--- a/doc/tex/ast_manager_actiondocs.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1144 +0,0 @@
-% This file is automatically generated by the "manager dump actiondocs" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.
-\section{AbsoluteTimeout}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set Absolute Timeout
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Hangup a channel after a certain time.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Channel: Channel name to hangup
-	*Timeout: Maximum duration of the call (sec)
-Acknowledges set time with 'Timeout Set' message
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{AgentLogoff}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sets an agent as no longer logged in
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-agent,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Sets an agent as no longer logged in.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Agent: Agent ID of the agent to log off
-	Soft: Set to 'true' to not hangup existing calls
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Agents}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Lists agents and their status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-agent,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Will list info about all possible agents.
-Variables: NONE
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Bridge}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Bridge two channels already in the PBX
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-command,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Bridge together two channels already in the PBX
-Variables: ( Headers marked with * are required )
-   *Channel1: Channel to Bridge to Channel2
-   *Channel2: Channel to Bridge to Channel1
-        Tone: (Yes|No) Play courtesy tone to Channel 2
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Challenge}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Generate Challenge for MD5 Auth
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ChangeMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Change monitoring filename of a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: The 'ChangeMonitor' action may be used to change the file
-  started by a previous 'Monitor' action.  The following parameters may
-  be used to control this:
-  Channel     - Required.  Used to specify the channel to record.
-  File        - Required.  Is the new name of the file created in the
-                monitor spool directory.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Command}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Execute Asterisk CLI Command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-command,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Run a CLI command.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Command: Asterisk CLI command to run
-	ActionID: Optional Action id for message matching.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CoreSettings}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show PBX core settings (version etc)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Query for Core PBX settings.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are optional)
-       *ActionID: ActionID of this transaction
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{CoreStatus}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show PBX core status variables
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Query for Core PBX status.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are optional)
-       *ActionID: ActionID of this transaction
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DBDel}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Delete DB Entry
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DBDelTree}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Delete DB Tree
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DBGet}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Get DB Entry
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{DBPut}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Put DB Entry
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Events}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Control Event Flow
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Enable/Disable sending of events to this manager
-  client.
-Variables:
-	EventMask: 'on' if all events should be sent,
-		'off' if no events should be sent,
-		'system,call,log' to select which flags events should have to be sent.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ExtensionState}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check Extension Status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Report the extension state for given extension.
-  If the extension has a hint, will use devicestate to check
-  the status of the device connected to the extension.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Exten: Extension to check state on
-	*Context: Context for extension
-	ActionId: Optional ID for this transaction
-Will return an "Extension Status" message.
-The response will include the hint for the extension and the status.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GetConfig}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Retrieve configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-config,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: A 'GetConfig' action will dump the contents of a configuration
-file by category and contents.
-Variables:
-   Filename: Configuration filename (e.g. foo.conf)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{GetConfigJSON}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Retrieve configuration (JSON format)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-config,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: A 'GetConfigJSON' action will dump the contents of a configuration
-file by category and contents in JSON format.  This only makes sense to be used
-using rawman over the HTTP interface.
-Variables:
-   Filename: Configuration filename (e.g. foo.conf)
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Getvar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Gets a Channel Variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Get the value of a global or local channel variable.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	Channel: Channel to read variable from
-	*Variable: Variable name
-	ActionID: Optional Action id for message matching.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Hangup}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Hangup Channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Hangup a channel
-Variables: 
-	Channel: The channel name to be hungup
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IAXnetstats}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show IAX Netstats
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{IAXpeers}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List IAX Peers
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{JabberSend}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Sends a message to a Jabber Client
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Sends a message to a Jabber Client.
-Variables: 
-  Jabber:	Client or transport Asterisk uses to connect to JABBER.
-  ScreenName:	User Name to message.
-  Message:	Message to be sent to the buddy
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ListCommands}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List available manager commands
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Returns the action name and synopsis for every
-  action that is available to the user
-Variables: NONE
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Login}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Login Manager
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Logoff}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Logoff Manager
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Logoff this manager session
-Variables: NONE
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MailboxCount}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check Mailbox Message Count
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Checks a voicemail account for new messages.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Mailbox: Full mailbox ID <mailbox>@<vm-context>
-	ActionID: Optional ActionID for message matching.
-Returns number of new and old messages.
-	Message: Mailbox Message Count
-	Mailbox: <mailboxid>
-	NewMessages: <count>
-	OldMessages: <count>
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MailboxStatus}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Check Mailbox
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Checks a voicemail account for status.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Mailbox: Full mailbox ID <mailbox>@<vm-context>
-	ActionID: Optional ActionID for message matching.
-Returns number of messages.
-	Message: Mailbox Status
-	Mailbox: <mailboxid>
-	Waiting: <count>
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MeetmeMute}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Mute a Meetme user
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{MeetmeUnmute}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unmute a Meetme user
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Monitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Monitor a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: The 'Monitor' action may be used to record the audio on a
-  specified channel.  The following parameters may be used to control
-  this:
-  Channel     - Required.  Used to specify the channel to record.
-  File        - Optional.  Is the name of the file created in the
-                monitor spool directory.  Defaults to the same name
-                as the channel (with slashes replaced with dashes).
-  Format      - Optional.  Is the audio recording format.  Defaults
-                to "wav".
-  Mix         - Optional.  Boolean parameter as to whether to mix
-                the input and output channels together after the
-                recording is finished.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Originate}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Originate Call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Generates an outgoing call to a Extension/Context/Priority or
-  Application/Data
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Channel: Channel name to call
-	Exten: Extension to use (requires 'Context' and 'Priority')
-	Context: Context to use (requires 'Exten' and 'Priority')
-	Priority: Priority to use (requires 'Exten' and 'Context')
-	Application: Application to use
-	Data: Data to use (requires 'Application')
-	Timeout: How long to wait for call to be answered (in ms)
-	CallerID: Caller ID to be set on the outgoing channel
-	Variable: Channel variable to set, multiple Variable: headers are allowed
-	Account: Account code
-	Async: Set to 'true' for fast origination
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Park}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Park a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Park a channel.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Channel: Channel name to park
-	*Channel2: Channel to announce park info to (and return to if timeout)
-	Timeout: Number of milliseconds to wait before callback.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ParkedCalls}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List parked calls
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{PauseMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Pause monitoring of a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: The 'PauseMonitor' action may be used to temporarily stop the
- recording of a channel.  The following parameters may
- be used to control this:
-  Channel     - Required.  Used to specify the channel to record.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Ping}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Keepalive command
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: A 'Ping' action will ellicit a 'Pong' response.  Used to keep the
-  manager connection open.
-Variables: NONE
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{PlayDTMF}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Play DTMF signal on a specific channel.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Plays a dtmf digit on the specified channel.
-Variables: (all are required)
-	Channel: Channel name to send digit to
-	Digit: The dtmf digit to play
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueueAdd}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Add interface to queue.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-agent,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueueLog}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Adds custom entry in queue_log
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-agent,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueuePause}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Makes a queue member temporarily unavailable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-agent,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueueRemove}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Remove interface from queue.
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-agent,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Queues}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Queues
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueueStatus}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Queue Status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{QueueSummary}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Queue Summary
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Redirect}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Redirect (transfer) a call
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Redirect (transfer) a call.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	*Channel: Channel to redirect
-	ExtraChannel: Second call leg to transfer (optional)
-	*Exten: Extension to transfer to
-	*Context: Context to transfer to
-	*Priority: Priority to transfer to
-	ActionID: Optional Action id for message matching.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SendText}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send text message to channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Sends A Text Message while in a call.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-       *Channel: Channel to send message to
-       *Message: Message to send
-       ActionID: Optional Action id for message matching.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Setvar}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Set Channel Variable
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Set a global or local channel variable.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-	Channel: Channel to set variable for
-	*Variable: Variable name
-	*Value: Value
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ShowDialPlan}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List dialplan
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-config,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Show dialplan contexts and extensions.
-Be aware that showing the full dialplan may take a lot of capacity
-Variables: 
- ActionID: <id>		Action ID for this AMI transaction (optional)
- Extension: <extension>	Extension (Optional)
- Context: <context>		Context (Optional)
-
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIPpeers}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List SIP peers (text format)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Lists SIP peers in text format with details on current status.
-Peerlist will follow as separate events, followed by a final event called
-PeerlistComplete.
-Variables: 
-  ActionID: <id>	Action ID for this transaction. Will be returned.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{SIPshowpeer}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show SIP peer (text format)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-system,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Show one SIP peer with details on current status.
-Variables: 
-  Peer: <name>           The peer name you want to check.
-  ActionID: <id>	  Optional action ID for this AMI transaction.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{Status}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Lists channel status
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{StopMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Stop monitoring a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: The 'StopMonitor' action may be used to end a previously
-  started 'Monitor' action.  The only parameter is 'Channel', the name
-  of the channel monitored.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{UnpauseMonitor}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Unpause monitoring of a channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: The 'UnpauseMonitor' action may be used to re-enable recording
-  of a channel after calling PauseMonitor.  The following parameters may
-  be used to control this:
-  Channel     - Required.  Used to specify the channel to record.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{UpdateConfig}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Update basic configuration
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-config,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: A 'UpdateConfig' action will dump the contents of a configuration
-file by category and contents.
-Variables (X's represent 6 digit number beginning with 000000):
-   SrcFilename:   Configuration filename to read(e.g. foo.conf)
-   DstFilename:   Configuration filename to write(e.g. foo.conf)
-   Reload:        Whether or not a reload should take place (or name of specific module)
-   Action-XXXXXX: Action to Take (NewCat,RenameCat,DelCat,Update,Delete,Append)
-   Cat-XXXXXX:    Category to operate on
-   Var-XXXXXX:    Variable to work on
-   Value-XXXXXX:  Value to work on
-   Match-XXXXXX:  Extra match required to match line
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{UserEvent}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Send an arbitrary event
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-user,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: Send an event to manager sessions.
-Variables: (Names marked with * are required)
-       *UserEvent: EventStringToSend
-       Header1: Content1
-       HeaderN: ContentN
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{VoicemailUsersList}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-List All Voicemail User Information
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-call,all
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{WaitEvent}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Wait for an event to occur
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Description: A 'WaitEvent' action will ellicit a 'Success' response.  Whenever
-a manager event is queued.  Once WaitEvent has been called on an HTTP manager
-session, events will be generated and queued.
-Variables: 
-   Timeout: Maximum time (in seconds) to wait for events, -1 means forever.
-
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapDialOffhook}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Dial over Zap channel while offhook
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapDNDoff}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Toggle Zap channel Do Not Disturb status OFF
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapDNDon}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Toggle Zap channel Do Not Disturb status ON
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapHangup}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Hangup Zap Channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapRestart}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Fully Restart zaptel channels (terminates calls)
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapShowChannels}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Show status zapata channels
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
-\section{ZapTransfer}
-\subsection{Synopsis}
-\begin{verbatim}
-Transfer Zap Channel
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Authority}
-\begin{verbatim}
-<none>
-\end{verbatim}
-\subsection{Description}
-\begin{verbatim}
-(null)
-\end{verbatim}
-
-
diff --git a/doc/tex/asterisk.tex b/doc/tex/asterisk.tex
index e6bbf3820d..942f501f79 100644
--- a/doc/tex/asterisk.tex
+++ b/doc/tex/asterisk.tex
@@ -108,31 +108,6 @@ reference purposes.
   \section{Queue Logs}
   \input{queuelog.tex}
 
-% Generate this using the "core dump clidocs" CLI command that is present
-% when Asterisk is built with dev-mode enabled.
-\chapter{CLI Command Reference}
-\input{ast_cli_commands.tex}
-
-% Generate this using the "core dump appdocs" CLI command that is present
-% when Asterisk is built with dev-mode enabled.
-\chapter{Dialplan Application Reference}
-\input{ast_appdocs.tex}
-
-% Generate this using the "core dump funcdocs" CLI command that is present
-% when Asterisk is built with dev-mode enabled.
-\chapter{Dialplan Function Reference}
-\input{ast_funcdocs.tex}
-
-% Generate this using the "manager dump actiondocs" CLI command that is present
-% when Asterisk is built with dev-mode enabled.
-\chapter{Manager Action Reference}
-\input{ast_manager_actiondocs.tex}
-
-% Generate this using the "agi dump commanddocs" CLI command that is present
-% when Asterisk is built with dev-mode enabled.
-\chapter{AGI Command Reference}
-\input{ast_agi_commands.tex}
-
 % This is a list of files not yet integrated into this document:
 %
 %Misc
diff --git a/main/cli.c b/main/cli.c
index cefee0e7e4..7607793ae0 100644
--- a/main/cli.c
+++ b/main/cli.c
@@ -972,10 +972,6 @@ static struct ast_cli_entry cli_module_unload_deprecated = NEW_CLI(handle_unload
 
 static char *handle_help(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a);
 
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-static char *handle_core_dump_clidocs(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a);
-#endif
-
 static struct ast_cli_entry cli_cli[] = {
 	/* Deprecated, but preferred command is now consolidated (and already has a deprecated command for it). */
 	NEW_CLI(handle_nodebugchan_deprecated, "Disable debugging on channel(s)"),
@@ -1014,10 +1010,6 @@ static struct ast_cli_entry cli_cli[] = {
 	{ { "soft", "hangup", NULL },
 	handle_softhangup, "Request a hangup on a given channel",
 	softhangup_help, complete_ch_3 },
-
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-	NEW_CLI(handle_core_dump_clidocs, "Dump CLI command documentation in LaTeX format"),
-#endif
 };
 
 /*!
@@ -1458,65 +1450,6 @@ static char *handle_help(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *
 	return RESULT_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-static char *handle_core_dump_clidocs(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a)
-{
-	struct ast_cli_entry *cli;
-	FILE *f;
-	const char *fn = "/tmp/ast_cli_commands.tex";
-	struct cli_iterator i = { NULL, NULL};
-
-	switch (cmd) {
-	case CLI_INIT:
-		e->command = "core dump clidocs";
-		e->usage =
-			"Usage: core dump clidocs\n"
-			"       Dump CLI command documentation to /tmp/ast_cli_commands.tex.\n";
-		return NULL;
-	case CLI_GENERATE:
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (a->argc != e->args)
-		return CLI_SHOWUSAGE;
-
-	if (!(f = fopen(fn, "w+"))) {
-		ast_cli(a->fd, "Unable to open %s for writing!\n", fn);
-		return CLI_FAILURE;
-	}
-
-	fprintf(f, "%% This file is automatically generated by the \"core dump clidocs\" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.\n");
-
-	AST_LIST_LOCK(&helpers);
-	while ((cli = cli_next(&i))) {
-		/* Hide commands that start with '_' */
-		if (cli->_full_cmd[0] == '_')
-			continue;
-		/* Hide commands that are marked as deprecated. */
-		if (cli->deprecated)
-			continue;
-
-		fprintf(f, "\\section{%s}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Summary}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Usage}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n\n\n", 
-				cli->_full_cmd, cli->summary, cli->usage);
-	}
-	AST_LIST_UNLOCK(&helpers);
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	ast_cli(a->fd, "Documentation has been dumped to %s\n", fn);
-
-	return CLI_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif /* AST_DEVMODE */
-
 static char *parse_args(const char *s, int *argc, char *argv[], int max, int *trailingwhitespace)
 {
 	char *dup, *cur;
diff --git a/main/manager.c b/main/manager.c
index d1a52ba042..9ad09a9062 100644
--- a/main/manager.c
+++ b/main/manager.c
@@ -491,73 +491,6 @@ static int manager_displayconnects (struct mansession *s)
 	return ret;
 }
 
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-static char *handle_manager_dump_actiondocs(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a)
-{
-	struct manager_action *action;
-	FILE *f;
-	char *action_name = NULL;
-	const char *fn = "/tmp/ast_manager_actiondocs.tex";
-	struct ast_str *authority = ast_str_alloca(80);
-
-	switch (cmd) {
-	case CLI_INIT:
-		e->command = "manager dump actiondocs";
-		e->usage =
-			"Usage: manager dump actiondocs [action]\n"
-			"       Dump manager action documentation to /tmp/ast_manager_actiondocs.tex.\n";
-		return NULL;
-	case CLI_GENERATE:
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (a->argc == e->args + 1)
-		action_name = a->argv[e->args];
-	else if (a->argc != e->args)
-		return CLI_SHOWUSAGE;
-
-	if (!(f = fopen(fn, "w+"))) {
-		ast_cli(a->fd, "Unable to open %s for writing!\n", fn);
-		return CLI_FAILURE;
-	}
-
-	fprintf(f, "%% This file is automatically generated by the \"manager dump actiondocs\" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.\n");
-
-	ast_rwlock_rdlock(&actionlock);
-	for (action = first_action; action; action = action->next) {
-		if (action_name && strcasecmp(action->action, action_name))
-			continue;
-
-		fprintf(f, "\\section{%s}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Synopsis}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Authority}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Description}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n\n\n", 
-				action->action, action->synopsis, 
-				authority_to_str(action->authority, &authority),
-				action->description);
-
-		if (action_name)
-			break;
-	}
-	ast_rwlock_unlock(&actionlock);
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	ast_cli(a->fd, "Documentation has been dumped to %s\n", fn);
-
-	return CLI_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif /* AST_DEVMODE */
-
 static int handle_showmancmd(int fd, int argc, char *argv[])
 {
 	struct manager_action *cur;
@@ -775,10 +708,6 @@ static struct ast_cli_entry cli_manager[] = {
 	{ { "manager", "debug", NULL },
 	handle_mandebug, "Show, enable, disable debugging of the manager code",
 	"Usage: manager debug [on|off]\n	Show, enable, disable debugging of the manager code.\n", NULL, NULL },
-
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-	NEW_CLI(handle_manager_dump_actiondocs, "Dump manager action documentation in LaTeX format"),
-#endif
 };
 
 /*
diff --git a/main/pbx.c b/main/pbx.c
index 0d3ebb3a3c..440e58479b 100644
--- a/main/pbx.c
+++ b/main/pbx.c
@@ -3153,144 +3153,6 @@ static int handle_show_application(int fd, int argc, char *argv[])
 	return RESULT_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-static char *handle_core_dump_appdocs(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a)
-{
-	struct ast_app *app;
-	FILE *f;
-	char *appname = NULL;
-	const char *fn = "/tmp/ast_appdocs.tex";
-
-	switch (cmd) {
-	case CLI_INIT:
-		e->command = "core dump appdocs";
-		e->usage =
-			"Usage: core dump appdocs [application]\n"
-			"       Dump Application documentation to /tmp/ast_appdocs.tex.\n";
-		return NULL;
-	case CLI_GENERATE:
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (a->argc == e->args + 1)
-		appname = a->argv[e->args];
-	else if (a->argc != e->args)
-		return CLI_SHOWUSAGE;
-
-	if (!(f = fopen(fn, "w+"))) {
-		ast_cli(a->fd, "Unable to open %s for writing!\n", fn);
-		return CLI_FAILURE;
-	}
-
-	fprintf(f, "%% This file is automatically generated by the \"core dump appdocs\" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.\n");
-
-	AST_RWLIST_RDLOCK(&apps);
-	AST_RWLIST_TRAVERSE(&apps, app, list) {
-		if (appname && strcasecmp(app->name, appname))
-			continue;
-
-		fprintf(f, "\\section{%s}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Synopsis}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Description}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n\n\n", app->name, app->synopsis, app->description);
-
-		if (appname)
-			break;
-	}
-	AST_RWLIST_UNLOCK(&apps);
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	ast_cli(a->fd, "Documentation has been dumped to %s\n", fn);
-
-	return CLI_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-static void funcdocs_write_section(FILE *f, const char *name)
-{
-	char *section, *cur;
-
-	cur = section = alloca(strlen(name) * 2 + 1);
-
-	for (; *name; name++) {
-		if (*name == '_')
-			*cur++ = '\\';
-		*cur++ = *name;
-	}
-	*cur = '\0';
-
-	fprintf(f, "\\section{%s}\n", section);
-}
-
-static char *handle_core_dump_funcdocs(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a)
-{
-	struct ast_custom_function *acf;
-	FILE *f;
-	char *funcname = NULL;
-	const char *fn = "/tmp/ast_funcdocs.tex";
-
-	switch (cmd) {
-	case CLI_INIT:
-		e->command = "core dump funcdocs";
-		e->usage =
-			"Usage: core dump funcdocs [function]\n"
-			"       Dump Application documentation to /tmp/ast_funcdocs.tex.\n";
-		return NULL;
-	case CLI_GENERATE:
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (a->argc == e->args + 1)
-		funcname = a->argv[e->args];
-	else if (a->argc != e->args)
-		return CLI_SHOWUSAGE;
-
-	if (!(f = fopen(fn, "w+"))) {
-		ast_cli(a->fd, "Unable to open %s for writing!\n", fn);
-		return CLI_FAILURE;
-	}
-
-	fprintf(f, "%% This file is automatically generated by the \"core dump funcdocs\" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.\n");
-
-	AST_RWLIST_RDLOCK(&acf_root);
-	AST_RWLIST_TRAVERSE(&acf_root, acf, acflist) {
-		if (funcname && strcasecmp(acf->name, funcname))
-			continue;
-
-		funcdocs_write_section(f, acf->name);
-
-		fprintf(f, "\\subsection{Syntax}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Synopsis}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Description}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n\n\n", 
-				acf->syntax, acf->synopsis, acf->desc);
-
-		if (funcname)
-			break;
-	}
-	AST_RWLIST_UNLOCK(&acf_root);
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	ast_cli(a->fd, "Documentation has been dumped to %s\n", fn);
-
-	return CLI_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif
-
 /*! \brief  handle_show_hints: CLI support for listing registered dial plan hints */
 static int handle_show_hints(int fd, int argc, char *argv[])
 {
@@ -3957,11 +3819,6 @@ static struct ast_cli_entry pbx_cli[] = {
 	handle_show_application, "Describe a specific dialplan application",
 	show_application_help, complete_show_application },
 
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-	NEW_CLI(handle_core_dump_appdocs, "Dump application documentation in LaTeX format"),
-	NEW_CLI(handle_core_dump_funcdocs, "Dump function documentation in LaTeX format"),
-#endif
-
 	{ { "core", "set", "global", NULL },
 	handle_set_global, "Set global dialplan variable",
 	set_global_help },
diff --git a/res/res_agi.c b/res/res_agi.c
index dad82d454e..cd7e0a928e 100644
--- a/res/res_agi.c
+++ b/res/res_agi.c
@@ -1673,74 +1673,6 @@ static int help_workhorse(int fd, char *match[])
 	return 0;
 }
 
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-static char *handle_agi_dump_commanddocs(struct ast_cli_entry *e, int cmd, struct ast_cli_args *a)
-{
-	FILE *f;
-	char *command_name = NULL;
-	const char *fn = "/tmp/ast_agi_commands.tex";
-	int i;
-
-	switch (cmd) {
-	case CLI_INIT:
-		e->command = "agi dump commanddocs";
-		e->usage =
-			"Usage: agi dump commanddocs [command]\n"
-			"       Dump manager action documentation to /tmp/ast_agi_commands.tex.\n";
-		return NULL;
-	case CLI_GENERATE:
-		return NULL;
-	}
-
-	if (a->argc == e->args + 1)
-		command_name = a->argv[e->args];
-	else if (a->argc != e->args)
-		return CLI_SHOWUSAGE;
-
-	if (!(f = fopen(fn, "w+"))) {
-		ast_cli(a->fd, "Unable to open %s for writing!\n", fn);
-		return CLI_FAILURE;
-	}
-
-	fprintf(f, "%% This file is automatically generated by the \"manager dump actiondocs\" CLI command.  Any manual edits will be lost.\n");
-
-	/* XXX Not thread safe :( */
-	for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_LEN(commands); i++) {
-		struct agi_command *command;	
-		char fullcmd[80];
-
-		command = &commands[i];
-		if (!command->cmda[0])
-			break;
-
-		ast_join(fullcmd, sizeof(fullcmd), command->cmda);
-
-		if (command_name && strcasecmp(fullcmd, command_name))
-			continue;
-	
-		fprintf(f, "\\section{%s}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Summary}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n"
-				"\\subsection{Usage}\n"
-				"\\begin{verbatim}\n"
-				"%s\n"
-				"\\end{verbatim}\n\n\n", 
-				fullcmd, command->summary, command->usage);
-
-		if (command_name)
-			break;
-	}
-
-	fclose(f);
-
-	ast_cli(a->fd, "Documentation has been dumped to %s\n", fn);
-
-	return CLI_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif /* AST_DEVMODE */
-
 int ast_agi_register(agi_command *agi)
 {
 	int x;
@@ -2232,10 +2164,6 @@ static struct ast_cli_entry cli_agi[] = {
 	{ { "agi", "dumphtml", NULL },
 	handle_agidumphtml, "Dumps a list of agi commands in html format",
 	dumpagihtml_help },
-
-#ifdef AST_DEVMODE
-	NEW_CLI(handle_agi_dump_commanddocs, "Dump agi command documentation in LaTeX format"),
-#endif
 };
 
 static int unload_module(void)